EVANS BANCORP INC - Annual Report: 2010 (Form 10-K)
Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
þ | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2010
o | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 001-35021
EVANS BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
New York | 16-1332767 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) | |
14-16 North Main Street, Angola, New York | 14006 | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
(716) 926-2000
Registrants telephone number (including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class | Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered | |
Common Stock, Par Value $.50 per share | NYSE-Amex |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).*
Yes o No o
* Registrant has not yet been phased into the interactive data requirements
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated
filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(Check one):
Large accelerated filer o | Accelerated filer o | Non-accelerated filer o | Smaller reporting company þ | |||
(do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act).
Yes o No þ
On June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the registrants common stock held by
non-affiliates was approximately $41.0 million, based upon the closing sale price of a share of the
registrants common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market.
As of March 1, 2011, 4,086,160 shares of the registrants common stock were outstanding.
Table of Contents
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrants Proxy Statement relating to the registrants 2011 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders, to be held on April 28, 2011, which will be subsequently filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report
relates, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where
indicated.
2
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX
Page | ||
5 | ||
15 | ||
20 | ||
20 | ||
20 | ||
20 | ||
21 | ||
23 | ||
23 | ||
55 | ||
56 | ||
106 | ||
106 | ||
106 | ||
107 | ||
107 | ||
107 |
3
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
PART I
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain certain forward-looking statements within the meaning
of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), and Section 21E of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), that involve substantial
risks and uncertainties. When used in this report, or in the documents incorporated by reference
herein, the words anticipate, believe, estimate, expect, intend, may, plan, seek,
and similar expressions identify such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements
include statements regarding the business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies of
Evans Bancorp, Inc. (the Company), statements regarding the asset quality of the Companys loan
and investment portfolios, and estimates of the Companys risks and future costs and benefits.
These forward-looking statements are based largely on the expectations of the Companys management
and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to: general
economic conditions, either nationally or in the Companys market areas, that are worse than
expected; increased competition among depository or other financial institutions; inflation and
changes in the interest rate environment that reduce the Companys margins or reduce the fair value
of financial instruments; changes in laws or government regulations affecting financial
institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements; the Companys ability
to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; the Companys ability to
successfully integrate acquired entities; changes in accounting pronouncements and practices, as
adopted by financial institution regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; changes in consumer spending, borrowing
and saving habits; changes in the Companys organization, compensation and benefit plans; and other
factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K including the risk factors described
in Item 1A, as well as in the Companys periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the SEC). Many of these factors are beyond the Companys control and are difficult
to predict.
Because of these and other uncertainties, the Companys actual results, performance or achievements
could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed or implied by the forward-looking
statements contained herein. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made.
The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise forward-looking information,
whether as a result of new, updated information, future events or otherwise.
Item 1. BUSINESS
EVANS BANCORP, INC.
Evans Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) is a New York business corporation which is registered as a
financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the BHCA). The
principal offices of the Company are located at 14-16 North Main Street, Angola, NY 14006 and its
telephone number is (716) 926-2000. The Companys administrative office is located at One Grimsby
Drive in Hamburg, NY. This facility is occupied by the Office of the President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, as well as the Administrative and Loan Divisions of Evans Bank. The
Company was incorporated on October 28, 1988, but the continuity of its banking business is traced
to the organization of the Evans National Bank of Angola on January 20, 1920. Except as the
context otherwise requires, the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are collectively
referred to in this report as the Company. The Companys common stock is traded on NYSE-Amex
under the symbol EVBN.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had consolidated total assets of $671.5 million, deposits of
$544.5 million and stockholders equity of $63.1 million.
The Companys primary business is the operation of its subsidiaries. It does not engage in any
other substantial business activities. The Company has two direct wholly-owned subsidiaries: (1)
Evans Bank, N.A. (Evans Bank or the Bank), which provides a full range of banking services to
consumer and commercial customers in Western New York; and (2) Evans National Financial Services,
Inc. (ENFS), which owns 100% of the common stock of The Evans Agency, Inc. (TEA), which sells
various premium-based insurance policies on a commission basis. At December 31, 2010, the Bank
represented 98.4% and ENFS represented 1.6% of the consolidated assets of the Company. Further
discussion of our segments is included in Note 18 to the Companys Consolidated Financial
Statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
5
Table of Contents
Evans Bank
The Bank is a nationally chartered bank that has its headquarters and a full-service banking office
at 14 North Main Street, Angola, NY, and a total of 13 full-service banking offices in Erie County
and Chautauqua County, NY.
At December 31, 2010, the Bank had total assets of $660.6 million, investment securities of $93.3
million, net loans of $517.6 million, deposits of $544.5 million and stockholders equity of $56.0
million, compared to total assets of $607.7 million, investment securities of $79.0 million, net
loans of $482.6 million, deposits of $499.5 million and stockholders equity of $40.4 million at
December 31, 2009. The Bank offers deposit products, which include checking and NOW accounts,
savings accounts, and certificates of deposit, as its principal source of funding. The Banks
deposits are insured up to the maximum permitted by the Bank Insurance Fund (the Insurance Fund)
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Bank offers a variety of loan products
to its customers, including commercial and consumer loans and leases and commercial and residential
mortgage loans.
As is the case with banking institutions generally, the Banks operations are significantly
influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of banking
regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) and FDIC. The Bank is also
subject to the supervision, regulation and examination of the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency of the United States of America (the OCC).
The Evans Agency, Inc.
TEA, a retail property and casualty insurance agency, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Evans
National Financial Services. TEA is headquartered in Angola, NY, with offices located throughout
Western New York. TEA is a full-service insurance agency offering personal, commercial and
financial services products. For the year ended December 31, 2010, TEA had total revenue of $7.0
million.
TEAs primary market area is Erie, Chautauqua, Cattaraugus and Niagara counties. Most lines of
personal insurance are provided, including automobile, homeowners, boat, recreational vehicle,
landlord, and umbrella coverage. Commercial insurance products are also provided, consisting of
property, liability, automobile, inland marine, workers compensation, bonds, crop and umbrella
insurance. TEA also provides the following financial services products: life and disability
insurance, Medicare supplements, long term care, annuities, mutual funds, retirement programs and
New York State Disability.
Other Subsidiaries
In addition to the Bank and TEA, the Company has the following direct and indirect wholly-owned
subsidiaries:
Evans National Leasing, Inc. (ENL). ENL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, provided direct
financing leasing of commercial small-ticket general business equipment to companies located
throughout the contiguous 48 United States. The Company announced in April 2009 that it was
exiting the leasing business. After attempting to sell the leasing portfolio, management decided
to service it through to maturity in approximately 2014.
Evans National Holding Corp. (ENHC). ENHC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, operates as a
real estate investment trust that holds commercial real estate loans and residential mortgages,
providing additional flexibility and planning opportunities for the business of the Bank.
Suchak Data Systems (SDS). SDS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, serves the data
processing needs of financial institutions with customized solutions and consulting services. SDS
hosts the Banks core and primary banking systems and provides product development and programming
services. SDSs products and services for its other customers include core and online banking
systems, check imaging, item processing, and automated teller machine (ATM) services.
Evans National Financial Services, Inc. (ENFS). ENFS is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company. ENFSs primary business is to own the business and assets of the Companys non-banking
financial services subsidiaries.
ENB Associates Inc. (ENBA). ENBA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TEA, offers non-deposit
investment products, such as annuities and mutual funds.
Frontier Claims Services, Inc. (FCS). FCS is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TEA and provides
claims adjusting services to various insurance companies.
6
Table of Contents
The Company also has two special purpose entities: Evans Capital Trust I, a statutory trust formed
on September 29, 2004 under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, solely for the purpose of issuing and
selling certain securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the trust,
investing the proceeds thereof in certain debentures of the Company and engaging in those
activities necessary, advisable or incidental thereto; and ENB Employers Insurance Trust, a
Delaware trust company formed in February 2003 for the sole purpose of holding life insurance
policies under the Banks bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) program.
The Company operates in two operating segments banking activities and insurance agency
activities. See Note 18 to the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on the Companys operating segments.
MARKET AREA
The Companys primary market area is Erie County, Niagara County, northern Chautauqua County and
northwestern Cattaraugus County, NY. This primary market area is the area where the Bank
principally receives deposits and makes loans and TEA sells insurance. Even though ENL conducts
business outside of this defined market area, this activity is not deemed to expand the Companys
primary market.
MARKET RISK
For information about, and a discussion of, the Companys Market Risk, see Part II, Item 7
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Market
Risk of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
COMPETITION
All phases of the Companys business are highly competitive. The Company competes actively with
local, regional and national financial institutions, as well as with bank branches and insurance
agency offices in the Companys primary market area of Erie County, Niagara County, northern
Chautauqua County, and northwestern Cattaraugus County, NY. These Western New York counties have a
high density of financial institutions, many of which are significantly larger and have greater
financial resources than the Company. The Company faces competition for loans and deposits from
other commercial banks, savings banks, internet banks, savings and loan associations, mortgage
banking companies, credit unions, insurance companies and other financial services companies. The
Company faces additional competition for deposits and insurance business from non-depository
competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms, and insurance
companies and brokerages. In the personal insurance area, the majority of TEAs competition comes
from direct writers, as well as some small local agencies located in the same towns and villages in
which TEA has offices. In the commercial business segment, the majority of the competition comes
from larger agencies located in and around Buffalo, NY. By offering the large number of carriers
which it has available to its customers, TEA has attempted to remain competitive in all aspects of
its business.
As an approximate indication of the Companys competitive position, in Erie County, NY, where 12 of
the Companys 13 banking offices are located, the Bank had the seventh most deposits according to
the FDICs annual deposit market share report as of June 30, 2010 with 1.7% of the total markets
deposits of $29.8 billion. By comparison, the market leaders, M&T Bank and HSBC Bank USA, have
69.6% of the metropolitan areas deposits combined. The Company attempts to be generally
competitive with all financial institutions in its service area with respect to interest rates paid
on time and savings deposits, service charges on deposit accounts, and interest rates charged on
loans.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state laws and
regulations that are intended to protect depositors and investors. Because the Company is a public
company with shares traded on the NYSE-Amex, it is subject to regulation by the Securities and
Exchange Commission, as well as the listing standards required by NYSE-Amex. To the extent that
the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. Any change in the
applicable law or regulation, or a change in the way such laws or regulations are interpreted by
regulatory agencies or courts, may have a material adverse effect on the Companys business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Bank Holding Company Regulation (BHCA)
As a financial holding company registered under the BHCA, the Company and its non-banking
subsidiaries are subject to regulation and supervision under the BHCA by the FRB. The FRB requires
periodic reports from the Company, and is authorized by the BHCA to make regular examinations of
the Company and its subsidiaries. Under Regulation Y, a
7
Table of Contents
bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its subsidiary
banks and must not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner.
The Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB before acquiring all or
substantially all of the assets of, or direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of
the voting shares of, a bank or bank holding company. The FRB will not approve any acquisition,
merger or consolidation that would have a substantial anti-competitive result, unless the
anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are outweighed by a greater public interest in
meeting the needs and convenience of the public.
The FRB also considers managerial, capital and other financial factors in acting on acquisition or
merger applications. A bank holding company may not engage in, or acquire direct or indirect
control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in any non-banking activity,
unless such activity has been determined by the FRB to be closely related to banking or managing
banks. The FRB has identified by regulation various non-banking activities in which a bank holding
company may engage with notice to, or prior approval by, the FRB.
The FRB has enforcement powers over financial holding companies and their subsidiaries, among other
things, to interdict activities that represent unsafe or unsound practices or constitute violations
of law, rule, regulation, administrative orders, or written agreements with a federal bank
regulator. These powers may be exercised through the issuance of cease and desist orders, civil
monetary penalties or other actions.
Bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks are also subject to the provisions of the
Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). Under the terms of the CRA, the FRB (or other appropriate bank
regulatory agency, in the case of the Bank, the OCC) is required, in connection with its
examination of a bank, to assess such banks record in meeting the credit needs of the communities
served by that bank, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. Furthermore, such assessment
is taken into account in evaluating any application made by a bank holding company or a bank for,
among other things, approval of a branch or other deposit facility, office relocation, a merger or
an acquisition of bank shares.
Supervision and Regulation of Bank Subsidiaries
The Bank is a nationally chartered banking corporation subject to supervision, examination and
regulation by the FRB, the FDIC and the OCC. These regulators have the power to enjoin unsafe or
unsound practices, require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any
violation or practice, issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, direct an
increase in capital, restrict the growth of a bank, assess civil monetary penalties, and remove a
banks officers and directors.
The operations of the Bank are subject to numerous statutes and regulations. Such statutes and
regulations relate to required reserves against deposits, investments, loans, mergers and
consolidations, issuance of securities, payment of dividends, establishment of branches, and other
aspects of the Banks operations. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations
of the Bank, including state usury laws, laws relating to fiduciaries, consumer credit and equal
credit, fair credit reporting, and privacy of non-public financial information.
The Bank is subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W there
under, which govern certain transactions, such as loans, extensions of credit, investments and
purchases of assets between member banks and their affiliates, including their parent holding
companies. These restrictions limit the transfer from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, of
funds to the Company in the form of loans, extensions of credit, investments or purchases of assets
(collectively, Transfers), and they require that the Banks transactions with the Company be on
terms no less favorable to the Bank than comparable transactions between the Bank and unrelated
third parties. Transfers by the Bank to any affiliate (including the Company) are limited in
amount to 10% of the Banks capital and surplus, and transfers to all affiliates are limited in the
aggregate to 20% of the Banks capital and surplus. Furthermore, such loans and extensions of
credit are also subject to various collateral requirements. These regulations and restrictions may
limit the Companys ability to obtain funds from the Bank for its cash needs, including funds for
acquisitions, and the payment of dividends, interest and operating expenses.
The Bank is prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension
of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of services. For example, the Bank may not
generally require a customer to obtain other services from the Bank or the Company, and may not
require the customer to promise not to obtain other services from a competitor as a condition to an
extension of credit. The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal
Reserve Act on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal stockholders or any
related interest of such persons. Extensions of credit: (i) must be made on substantially the same
terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for, and following
credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than
8
Table of Contents
those applicable to, comparable
transactions with persons not covered above and who are not employees, and (ii) must
not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. The Bank
is also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to such persons. A
violation of these restrictions may result in the assessment of substantial civil monetary
penalties on the Bank or any officer, director, employee, agent or other person participating in
the conduct of the affairs of the Bank or the imposition of a cease and desist order.
The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC through the Insurance Fund to the extent provided
by law. Under Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC provides full deposit insurance
coverage for noninterest-bearing transactions accounts beginning December 31, 2010 for a two year
period. Previously, the Bank had elected to participate in the FDICs temporary Transaction
Account Guarantee Program, established in 2008. Under this program, all non-interest bearing
transaction accounts and certain low-interest NOW checking accounts at participating FDIC-insured
institutions were fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount on deposit. This coverage is
in addition to, and separate from, the coverage provided under the FDICs general deposit insurance
rules, and a surcharge was added to a participating institutions current insurance assessment in
order to fully cover all transaction accounts. The program ended on December 31, 2010.
Interest-bearing savings accounts and certificates of deposit are insured up to $250,000.
As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations
of and to require reporting by, insured institutions. It may also prohibit an insured institution
from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat
to the FDIC. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against insured
institutions. The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution,
including the Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or is
engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue
operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed by an
agreement with the FDIC.
The FDIC has adopted a risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on
an insured institutions ranking in one of four risk categories based on their examination ratings
and capital ratios. In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to
the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (FICO), a
mixed-ownership Federal government corporation established to recapitalize the Federal Savings and
Loan Insurance Corporation. The current annualized assessment rate is 1.02 basis points, or
approximately .255 basis points per quarter. These assessments will continue until the Financing
Corporation bonds mature in 2019. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the deposit insurance assessment
base has been redefined to reflect consolidated total assets less average tangible equity. The
result is that larger financial institutions, which have more assets leveraged with non-deposit
wholesale funds, will pay a greater percentage of the aggregate insurance assessment and smaller
banks will pay less than they would have. Evans Bank is expected to benefit from this provision.
Regulations promulgated by the FDIC pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Improvement Act of 1991 place limitations on the ability of certain insured depository institutions
to accept, renew or rollover deposits by offering rates of interest which are significantly higher
than the prevailing rates of interest on deposits offered by other depository institutions having
the same type of charter in such depository institutions normal market area. Under these
regulations, well-capitalized institutions may accept, renew or rollover such deposits without
restriction, while adequately capitalized institutions may accept, renew or rollover such deposits
with a waiver from the FDIC (subject to certain restrictions on payment of rates).
Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew or rollover such deposits.
Under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, a depository
institution insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected
to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with: (i) the default of a commonly controlled
FDIC-insured depository institution, or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly
controlled FDIC-insured institution in danger of default. Default is defined generally as the
appointment of a conservator or receiver, and in danger of default is defined generally as the
existence of certain conditions indicating that, in the opinion of the appropriate banking agency,
a default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance.
In addition to the forgoing, federal regulators have adopted regulations and examination procedures
promoting the safety and soundness of individual institutions by specifically addressing, among
other things: (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (ii) loan
documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate exposure; (v) asset growth; (vi) ratio
of classified assets to capital; (vii) minimum earnings; and (viii) compensation and benefits
standards for management officials. Federal Reserve Boards regulations, for example, generally
require a holding company to give the Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any redemption or
repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the
consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or
more of the companys consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to
prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries which represent
unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can
assess civil money penalties for certain
9
Table of Contents
activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if
those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution.
Dividends paid by the Bank have been the Companys primary source of operating funds and are
expected to be for the foreseeable future. Capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount
of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under OCC regulations, the Bank may not pay a dividend,
without prior OCC approval, if the total amount of all dividends declared during the calendar year,
including the proposed dividend, exceed the sum of its retained net income to date during the
calendar year and its retained net income over the preceding two years. As of December 31, 2010,
approximately $2.7 million was available for the payment of dividends without prior OCC approval.
The Banks ability to pay dividends is also subject to the Bank being in compliance with regulatory
capital requirements. As indicated below, the Bank is currently in compliance with these
requirements.
Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, the Companys right to
participate in the distribution of assets of the Bank in the event of the Banks liquidation or
reorganization would be subject to the prior claims of the Banks creditors. In the event of a
liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors and
other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of
unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including a parent bank holding company (such as the Company) or
any shareholder or creditor thereof.
The FRB, the OCC and other federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the
power to terminate deposit insurance, to impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal
penalties, and to appoint a conservator or receiver for the assets of a regulated entity. Failure
to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject the Company or
its subsidiaries, as well as officers, directors and other institution-affiliated parties of these
organizations, to administrative sanctions and potential civil monetary penalties.
Capital Adequacy
The FRB, the FDIC and the OCC have adopted risk-based capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding
companies and banks under their supervision. Under these guidelines, the so-called Tier 1
capital and Total capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets and certain off-balance sheet
instruments must be at least 4% and 8%, respectively.
The FRB, the FDIC and the OCC have also imposed a leverage standard to supplement their risk-based
ratios. This leverage standard focuses on a banking institutions ratio of Tier 1 capital to
average total assets, adjusted for goodwill and certain other items. Under these guidelines,
banking institutions that meet certain criteria, including excellent asset quality, high liquidity,
low interest rate exposure and good earnings, and that have received the highest regulatory rating
must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total adjusted average assets of at least 3%.
Institutions not meeting these criteria, as well as institutions with supervisory, financial or
operational weaknesses, along with those experiencing or anticipating significant growth, are
expected to maintain a Tier 1 capital to total adjusted average assets ratio equal to at least 4%.
As reflected in the following table, the risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratios of the
Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 exceeded the required capital ratios for
classification as well capitalized, the highest classification under the regulatory capital
guidelines.
Capital Components and Ratios at December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
(dollars in thousands)
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||
Company | Bank | Company | Bank | |||||||||||||
Capital components |
||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital |
$ | 65,559 | $ | 63,797 | $ | 47,203 | $ | 45,008 | ||||||||
Total risk-based capital |
71,889 | 70,110 | 53,166 | 50,949 | ||||||||||||
Risk-weighted assets
and off-balance sheet
instruments |
502,327 | 500,967 | 476,017 | 474,265 | ||||||||||||
Risk-based capital ratio |
||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital |
13.1 | % | 12.7 | % | 9.9 | % | 9.5 | % | ||||||||
Total risk-based capital |
14.3 | % | 14.0 | % | 11.2 | % | 10.7 | % | ||||||||
Leverage ratio |
9.9 | % | 9.7 | % | 7.8 | % | 7.5 | % |
The federal banking agencies, including the FRB and the OCC, maintain risk-based capital standards
in order to ensure that those standards take adequate account of interest rate risk, concentration
of credit risk, the risk of non-traditional activities and equity investments in non-financial
companies, as well as reflect the actual performance and expected risk
10
Table of Contents
of loss on certain
multifamily housing loans. Bank regulators periodically propose amendments to the risk-based
capital guidelines and related regulatory framework, and consider changes to the risk-based capital
standards that could significantly increase the amount of capital needed to meet the requirements
for the capital tiers described below. While
the Companys management studies such proposals, the timing of adoption, ultimate form and effect
of any such proposed amendments on the Companys capital requirements and operations cannot be
predicted.
The federal banking agencies are required to take prompt corrective action in respect of
depository institutions and their bank holding companies that do not meet minimum capital
requirements. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act established five capital tiers: well
capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and
critically undercapitalized. A depository institutions capital tier, or that of its bank
holding company, depends upon where its capital levels are in relation to various relevant capital
measures, including a risk-based capital measure and a leverage ratio capital measure, and certain
other factors.
Under the implementing regulations adopted by the federal banking agencies, a bank holding company
or bank is considered well capitalized if it has: (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or
greater; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater; and (iii) a leverage ratio of 5%
or greater; and is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific
capital level for a capital measure. An adequately capitalized bank holding company or bank is
defined as one that has: (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater; (ii) a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater; and (iii) a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (or 3% or
greater in the case of a bank with a composite CAMELS rating of (1)). A bank holding company or
bank is considered (A) undercapitalized if it has: (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less
than 8%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%; or (iii) a leverage ratio of less
than 4% (or 3% in the case of a bank with a composite CAMELS rating of (1)); (B) significantly
undercapitalized if it has: (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%; or (ii) a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%; or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 3%; and (C)
critically undercapitalized if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets equal to or less
than 2%. The FRB may reclassify a well capitalized bank holding company or bank as adequately
capitalized or subject an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to the
supervisory actions applicable to the next lower capital category if it determines that the bank
holding company or bank is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the bank holding company or
bank to be engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice and not to have corrected the deficiency. As
of December 31, 2010, the Company and the Bank met the definition of well capitalized
institutions.
Undercapitalized depository institutions, among other things: are subject to growth limitations;
are prohibited, with certain exceptions, from making capital distributions; are limited in their
ability to obtain funding from a Federal Reserve Bank; and are required to submit a capital
restoration plan. The federal banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining,
among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in
restoring the depository institutions capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be
acceptable, the depository institutions parent holding company must guarantee that the institution
will comply with such capital restoration plan and provide appropriate assurances of performance.
If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, including if the holding company
refuses or is unable to make the guarantee described in the previous sentence, it is treated as if
it is significantly undercapitalized. Failure to submit or implement an acceptable capital plan
also is grounds for the appointment of a conservator or a receiver. Significantly
undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of additional requirements and
restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized,
requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks.
Moreover, the parent holding company of a significantly undercapitalized depository institution
may be ordered to divest itself of the institution or of non-bank subsidiaries of the holding
company. Critically undercapitalized institutions, among other things, are prohibited from
making any payments of principal and interest on subordinated debt, and are subject to the
appointment of a receiver or conservator.
Each federal banking agency prescribes standards for depository institutions and depository
institution holding companies relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit
systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth,
compensation, a maximum ratio of classified assets to capital, minimum earnings sufficient to
absorb losses, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded shares and other
standards as they deem appropriate. The FRB and the OCC have adopted such standards.
Regulation of Insurance Agency Subsidiary
TEA is regulated by the New York State Insurance Department. It meets and maintains all licensing
and continuing education requirements required by the State of New York.
11
Table of Contents
Monetary Policy and Economic Control
The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by
the monetary policies of the FRB. Changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing,
availability of borrowing at the discount window, open market operations, the imposition of
changes in reserve requirements against member banks deposits and assets of foreign branches and
the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their
affiliates are some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the FRB. These monetary
policies are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distributions of bank
loans, investments and deposits, and this use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on
deposits. The monetary policies of the FRB have had a significant effect on the operating results
of commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The monetary policies of
these agencies are influenced by various factors, including inflation, unemployment, and short-term
and long-term changes in the international trade balance and in the fiscal policies of the United
States Government. Future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the future business
and earnings of the Company cannot be predicted.
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008
There were historical disruptions in the financial system in late 2008 and many lenders and
financial institutions reduced or ceased to provide funding to borrowers, including other lending
institutions. The availability of credit, confidence in the entire financial sector, and stability
in financial markets was adversely affected. These disruptions had some impact on all institutions
in the U.S. banking and financial industries.
In response to the financial crises affecting the overall banking system and financial markets, on
October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA) was enacted. Under EESA,
the U.S. Treasury was granted the authority, among other things, to purchase up to $700 billion of
mortgages, mortgage backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial
institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.
As part of that program, the U.S. Treasury purchased equity interests in a wide variety of eligible
banks, thrifts and bank holding companies. Under this program, called the Troubled Asset Relief
Program Capital Purchase Program (TARP), $250 billion of capital was made available to U.S.
financial institutions through the purchase of preferred stock. The preferred stock would pay a 5%
dividend for five years, which would increase to 9% after five years. In conjunction with its
purchase of preferred stock, the Treasury would also receive warrants to purchase common stock with
an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the amount invested in preferred stock. Participating
institutions are required to adopt the Treasurys standards for executive compensation and
corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury continues to hold the institutions
equity under TARP.
Management evaluated the program to determine whether participation would be advantageous for the
Company and its common shareholders. On December 17, 2008, the Company announced that the Company
had elected not to participate in the program by a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors.
Factors driving this decision included the lack of exposure to the troubled assets, for which the
program was originally designed, including subprime mortgages and mortgage-backed securities tied
to subprime mortgages, dividend restrictions, and uncertainty around the management and changing
government parameters of TARP.
Consumer Laws and Regulations
In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, the Bank is also subject to certain
consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks.
These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in
Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal
Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act, Federal Financial Privacy Laws, Interagency Guidelines Establishing
Information Security Standards, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, and the Fair and Accurate
Credit Transactions Reporting Act. These laws and regulations regulate the manner in which
financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such
customers.
On November 12, 2009, the Federal Reserve announced an amendment to Regulation E, which implemented
the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, that limits the ability of a financial institution to assess an
overdraft fee for paying ATM and one-time debit card transactions that overdraw a consumers
account, unless the consumer affirmatively consents, or opts in, to the institutions payment of
overdrafts for these transactions. Before opting in, the consumer must be provided a notice that
explains the financial institutions overdraft services, including the fees associated with the
service, and the consumers choices. To ensure that consumers have a meaningful choice, the final
rules prohibit financial institutions from discriminating against consumers who do not opt in. The
final rules require institutions to provide consumers who do not opt in with the same account
terms, conditions, and features (including pricing) that they provide
12
Table of Contents
to consumers who do opt in. For consumers who do not opt in, the institution is prohibited from
charging overdraft fees for any overdrafts it pays on ATM and one-time debit card transactions.
The amendment was effective July 1, 2010.
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) was signed into
law by President Obama on July 21, 2010. It is widely regarded as the most sweeping change to
financial regulation since the Great Depression. The law is intended to achieve the following
objectives: promote robust supervision and regulation of financial firms; establish comprehensive
supervision of financial markets; protect consumers and investors from financial abuse; provide the
government with the tools to manage a financial crisis; and raise international regulatory
standards and improve international cooperation. The Dodd-Frank Act requires more than 60 studies
to be conducted and more than 200 regulations to be written over the next one to two years. The
true impact of the legislation will be unknown until these are complete. The Dodd-Frank Act is
organized around sixteen titles:
I. | Financial Stability creates a new oversight regulator, the Financial Stability Oversight Council. The council of regulators will monitor the financial system for systemic risk and will determine which entities pose significant systemic risk. One of the key provisions of this title is the so-called Collins Amendment, which imposes a stricter application of risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies than currently employed. Under the Collins Amendment, certain depository institutions will not be permitted to include trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital. For depository institutions with greater than $15 billion in assets, trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010 will be phased out as a component of Tier 1 Capital over three years beginning January 1, 2013. Evans Bancorp has $11.3 million in trust preferred securities included in Tier 1 Capital, but with an asset size of $671 million, is well under the $15 billion exemption threshold. | ||
II. | Orderly Liquidation Authority establishes a framework for the liquidation by the FDIC of large institutions that pose systemic risk. | ||
III. | Transfer of Powers to the OCC, FDIC, and the FRB merges the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) into the OCC. The OTS regulatory responsibilities will be spread among other regulators. As a nationally chartered bank regulated by the FRB, FDIC, and OCC, Evans Bank is not impacted by the abolishment of the OTS. This title includes a number of deposit insurance reforms. The first redefines the deposit insurance assessment base to reflect consolidated total assets less average tangible equity. The result is that larger financial institutions, which have more assets leveraged with non-deposit wholesale funds, will pay a greater percentage of the aggregate insurance assessment and smaller banks will pay less than they would have. Evans Bank is expected to benefit from this provision. This title also increases the minimum reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35%, but exempts institutions with assets less than $10 billion from the cost of the increase. The title also permanently increases deposit insurance coverage to $250,000 and fully covers non-interest bearing transactions accounts through 2012. | ||
IV. | Regulation of Advisers to Hedge Funds and Others requires most advisors to private funds to register with the SEC. | ||
V. | Insurance establishes the Federal Insurance Office, housed in the Office of the Treasury. It is to review the insurance industry and study for Congress the federal regulation of insurance. | ||
VI. | Improvements to Regulation of Bank and Savings Associations Holding Companies and Depository Institutions this title implements the so-called Volcker Rule. The rule limits the ability of certain bank and bank-related entities to engage in proprietary trading or investing in hedge funds and private equity funds to 3 percent of the entitys Tier 1 capital. This provision does not have a material impact on Evans Bank as it does not engage in proprietary trading and has immaterial investments in any private funds. | ||
VII. | Wall Street Transparency and Accountability imposes exchange trading for derivatives contracts and imposes new capital and margin requirements and various reporting obligations on Over the Counter (OTC) swap dealers and major OTC swap participants. This title has no impact on the Company. | ||
VIII. | Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Provision allows for a systemic approach to certain financial market payment, clearing, and settlement systems. Designations as systemically important will be made by the Financial Stability Oversight Council. |
13
Table of Contents
IX. | Investor Protections and Improvement to the Regulation of Securities has a number of provisions intended to protect investors, including for example: risk retention requirements for certain asset-backed securities; reforms to regulation of credit ratings agencies; establishing an Investor Advisory Committee and an Office of Investor Advocate, and requiring the SEC to study whether a fiduciary duty standard of care for broker-dealers providing personalized investment advice to a retail customer should be created. The are several corporate governance procedures established in this title, including: proxy access requirements for shareholders; disclosure about the failure to separate the role of the chair of the board of directors and chief executive officer; shareholder voting on executive compensation; the establishment of an independent compensation committee; executive compensation disclosures and claw backs. In addition, the Federal Reserve is required to issue regulations regarding incentive-based pay practices for institutions with more than $1 billion in assets. This title also provides that companies with a public market capitalization under $75 million are permanently exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX), which requires that public companies receive an opinion from their external auditors as to the effectiveness of their internal controls over financial reporting. Under this provision, Evans Bancorp would be exempt from SOX 404(b) as it has a public market capitalization of $58.2 million as of December 31, 2010. However, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and the Companys management have decided to continue to voluntarily comply with SOX 404(b) as they believe it is in the best interest of the Company. This title also requires the SEC to conduct a study of companies with market capitalization between $75 million and $250 million to determine how the SEC could reduce the burden of complying with the internal control audit requirements. | ||
X. | Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection establishes the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (BCFP), an independent entity housed with the Federal Reserve. The title gives the BCFP the authority to prohibit practices that it finds to be unfair, deceptive, or abusive in addition to requiring certain disclosures. An important provision of this title limits interchange fees for debit card transactions to an amount established as reasonable under regulations to be issued by the Federal Reserve. Cards issued by banks with less than $10 billion in assets are exempt from this requirement. Despite being exempt from this provision, management expects the Bank to be impacted by this provision because the Bank will likely have to match the reduced rates being offered by larger competitors. This could result in the loss of hundreds of thousands of dollars of revenue. | ||
XI. | Federal Reserve System Revisions gives the Government Accountability Office (GAO) authority to conduct a one-time audit of the Federal Reserve emergency lending during the credit crisis and gives the GAO other auditing responsibilities over the Federal Reserve. | ||
XII. | Improving Access to Mainstream Financial Institutions is intended to provide alternatives to payday loans. This title is intended to encourage low and moderate income individuals to create accounts in insured depository institutions and it creates a program to provide low-cost loans of $2,500 or less. | ||
XIII. | Pay It Back Act reduces the TARP funds authorized under EESA from $700 billion to $475 billion. | ||
XIV. | Mortgage Reform and Anti-Predatory Lending Act places new regulations on mortgage originators and imposes new disclosure requirements and appraisal reforms, including: the creation of a mortgage originator duty of care; the establishment of certain underwriting requirements so that at the time of origination the consumer has a reasonable ability to repay the loan; the creation of document requirements intended to eliminate no document and low document loans; the prohibition of steering incentives for mortgage originators; a prohibition on yield spread premiums and prepayment penalties in some cases; and a provision that allows borrowers to assert as a foreclosure defense a contention that the lender violated the anti-steering restrictions or the reasonable repayment requirements. | ||
XV. | Miscellaneous Provisions | ||
XVI. | Section 1256 Contracts adds a new provision to the Internal Revenue Code involving futures, swaps, and option contracts. |
14
Table of Contents
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had no direct employees. As of December 31, 2010, the
following table summarizes the employment rosters of the Companys subsidiaries using full-time
equivalent employees (FTE):
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
Bank |
156 | 139 | 138 | 129 | 123 | |||||||||||||||
ENL |
4 | 7 | 12 | 11 | 9 | |||||||||||||||
SDS |
8 | 8 | 10 | | | |||||||||||||||
TEA |
52 | 57 | 58 | 55 | 48 | |||||||||||||||
FCS |
4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | |||||||||||||||
224 | 215 | 222 | 199 | 184 | ||||||||||||||||
Management believes that the Companys subsidiaries have good relationships with their employees.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form
8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished by the Company pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act are available without charge on the Companys website,
www.evansbancorp.com SEC filings section, as soon as reasonably practicable after they
are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The Company is providing the address to its
Internet site solely for the information of investors. The Company does not intend the address to
be an active link or to otherwise incorporate the contents of the website into this Annual Report
on Form 10-K or into any other report filed with or furnished to the SEC.
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS
The following factors identified by the Companys management represent significant potential risks
that the Company faces in its operations.
The Companys Business May Be Adversely Affected by Conditions in the Financial Markets and
Economic Conditions Generally.
The United States was in an economic recession from December 2007-June 2009, according to the U.S.
National Bureau of Economic Research. While the recession is technically over, economic growth has
been muted and the unemployment rate remains high at 9.4% (per the U.S. Department of Labor) as of
December 31, 2010. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions has been
greatly reduced and local governments and many businesses are in serious difficulty due to the high
unemployment rate, the lack of consumer spending, and a faltering housing market. Since mid-2007,
and particularly during the second half of 2008, the financial services industry and the securities
markets generally were materially and adversely affected by significant declines in the values of
nearly all asset classes and by a serious lack of liquidity. This was initially triggered by
declines in home prices and the values of subprime mortgages, but spread to all mortgage and real
estate asset classes, to leveraged bank loans and to nearly all asset classes, including equities.
In 2009 and 2010, there was some recovery in the value of some asset classes, but the economy
remains weak with high unemployment, lower property values, and low consumer confidence.
The Companys financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay
interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and leases and the value of collateral
securing those loans and leases, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets
where the Company operates, in Western New York and in the United States as a whole. A favorable
business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient
capital markets, low inflation, high business and investor confidence, and strong business
earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by: declines in
economic growth, declines in housing and real estate valuations, business activity or investor or
business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and
capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; natural disasters; or a combination of these or
other factors.
Overall, during 2010, the business environment has been adverse for many households and businesses
in the United States and worldwide. It is expected that the business environment in Western New
York, the United States and worldwide will be slow to recover from the recession. There can be no
assurance that these conditions will improve in the near term. Such conditions could materially
adversely affect the credit quality of the Companys loans and leases, and therefore, the Companys
results of operations and financial condition.
15
Table of Contents
National Direct Financing Lease Portfolio Exposes the Company to Increased Credit Risks.
At December 31, 2010, the book value of the Companys national portfolio of direct financing leases
originated through ENL was $15.5 million, or 2.9% of total loans and leases outstanding. The
portfolio balance had peaked at December 31, 2008 at $58.6 million, or 14.4% of total loans and
leases. The $15.5 million book value represents $17.0 million in lease principal balance, net of
the remaining mark of $1.5 million. $2.9 million of those leases were in non-accrual status at
December 31, 2010. The allowance for lease losses associated with this portfolio at December 31,
2010 is $1.5 million. Due to the increasing credit risks, poor performance in the portfolio, the
lack of strategic fit with the Companys community banking philosophy, and with the intention of
reallocating capital back to its core business, management announced its exit from the national
leasing business in April 2009. In 2009, the provision for lease losses was $6.8 million and the
entire goodwill balance associated with the leasing business of $2.0 million was written off. The
Company still faces the challenge of collecting the remainder of the portfolio, which puts the
Company at risk for future losses. Despite the book value of the portfolio declining from $31.5
million to $15.5 million, non-accruing leases remained at $2.9 million on December 31, 2010, a
consistent level from December 31, 2009. As a result of the continued poor credit performance,
management provided an additional $1.5 million for leasing losses in 2010. Most of the Companys
leases are small-ticket general business equipment leases originated through brokers. With 1,146
active leases, the average balance per lease at December 31, 2010 was $14 thousand. In many cases,
the collateral for the leases has a low market value and, with some lessees in other states far
from the Companys primary market area, is difficult to retrieve in the case of a defaulted
customer. Also, the lessees tend to be small businesses, which have a more difficult time
withstanding the poor economic environment than larger and more established middle market
customers. In addition, the leasing portfolio is exposed to certain states that have experienced
higher-than-average credit problems and property devaluation such as California and Florida. These
risks are reflected in the fact that the leases in those states have the highest rate of
charge-offs among the Companys lease portfolio.
While management believes that the losses in the leasing portfolio will be less in 2011 as the book
value of the portfolio is already down 51% from last year end, there remains significant risk of
future losses in the portfolio due to the nature of the customers, collateral, and geography of the
business and its heightened sensitivity to the continued adverse economic factors. Continued
weakness in the lease portfolio could have a material adverse effect on the Companys business,
financial condition, and results of operations.
Commercial Real Estate and Commercial Business Loans Expose the Company to Increased Credit Risks.
At December 31, 2010, the Companys portfolio of commercial real estate loans totaled $293.7
million, or 55.6% of total loans and leases outstanding and the Companys portfolio of commercial
and industrial (C&I) loans totaled $91.4 million, or 17.3% of total loans and leases outstanding.
The Company plans to continue to emphasize the origination of commercial loans as they generally
earn a higher rate of interest than other loan products offered by the Bank. Commercial loans
generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one-to four-family
residential mortgage loans because repayment of commercial real estate and C&I loans often depends
on the successful operations and the income stream of the borrowers. Commercial mortgages are
collateralized by real property while C&I loans are typically secured by business assets such as
equipment and accounts receivable. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single
borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one-to four-family residential mortgage loans.
Also, many of the Companys commercial borrowers have more than one commercial real estate or C&I
loan outstanding with the Company. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan
or one credit relationship can expose the Company to a significantly greater risk of loss compared
to an adverse development with respect to a one-to four-family residential mortgage loan.
Commercial real estate loans in non-accrual status at December 31, 2010 were $6.6 million, compared
with $2.7 million at December 31, 2009. C&I loans in nonaccrual status at December 31, 2010 were
$2.2 million, compared with $1.8 million at December 31, 2009. Further increases in the
delinquency levels of commercial real estate and C&I loans could result in an increase in
non-performing loans and provision for loan and lease losses.
Continuing Concentration of Loans in the Companys Primary Market Area May Increase the Companys
Risk.
Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company provides banking and
financial services to customers located primarily in western New York state (WNY). Therefore,
the Companys success depends primarily on the general economic conditions in WNY. The Companys
business lending and marketing strategies focus on loans to small and medium-sized businesses in
this geographic region. Moreover, the Companys assets are heavily concentrated in mortgages on
properties located in WNY. Accordingly, the Companys business and operations are vulnerable to
downturns in the economy of WNY. The concentration of the Companys loans in this geographic
region subjects the Company to the risk that a downturn in the economy or recession in this region
could result in a decrease in loan originations and increases in delinquencies and foreclosures,
which would more greatly affect the Company than if the Companys lending were more geographically
diversified. In addition, the Company may suffer losses if there is a
16
Table of Contents
decline in the value of properties underlying the Companys mortgage loans which would have a
material adverse impact on the Companys operations.
In the Event the Companys Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual
Loan and Lease Losses, the Companys Earnings Could Decrease.
The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses in order to capture the probable
losses inherent in its loan and lease portfolio. There is a risk that the Company may experience
significant loan and lease losses which could exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses. In
determining the amount of the Companys recorded allowance, the Company makes various assumptions
and judgments about the collectability of its loan and lease portfolio, including the
creditworthiness of its borrowers, the effect of changes in the local economy on the value of the
real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans, the effects on the
Companys loan and lease portfolio of current economic indicators and their probable impact on
borrowers, and the Companys loan quality reviews. In addition, bank regulators periodically
review the Companys loan and lease portfolio and credit underwriting procedures, as well as its
allowance for loan and lease losses, and may require the Company to increase its provision for loan
and lease losses or recognize further loan and lease charge-offs. At December 31, 2010, the
Company had a net loan portfolio of approximately $517.6 million and the allowance for loan and
lease losses was approximately $10.4 million, which represented 1.97% of the total amount of gross
loans and leases. If the Companys assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect or bank
regulators require the Company to increase its provision for loan and lease losses or recognize
further loan and lease charge-offs, the Company may have to increase its allowance for loan and
lease losses or loan and lease charge-offs which could have an adverse effect on the Companys
operating results and financial condition. There can be no assurances that the Companys allowance
for loan and lease losses will be adequate to protect the Company against loan and lease losses
that it may incur.
Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect the Companys Business, Results of Operations and
Financial Condition.
The Companys results of operations and financial condition are significantly affected by changes
in interest rates. The Companys results of operations depend substantially on its net interest
income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on its interest-earning assets
and the interest expense paid on its interest-bearing liabilities. Because the Companys
interest-bearing liabilities generally re-price or mature more quickly than its interest-earning
assets, an increase in interest rates generally would tend to result in a decrease in its net
interest income.
Changes in interest rates also affect the value of the Companys interest-earning assets, and in
particular, the Companys securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates
inversely with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2010, the Companys securities available
for sale totaled $91.2 million. Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of tax,
amounted to $0.8 million and are reported as a separate component of stockholders equity.
Decreases in the fair value of securities available for sale, therefore, could have an adverse
effect on stockholders equity or earnings.
The Company also is subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates.
Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities.
Decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related
securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, the
Company is subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that it is unable to reinvest the cash
received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and
securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and make it more
difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.
The Company May Be Adversely Affected by the Soundness of Other Financial Institutions
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of counterparty relationships. The
Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes
transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry. The most important
counterparty for the Company, in terms of liquidity, is the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
(FHLBNY). The Company uses FHLBNY as its primary source of overnight funds and also has several
long-term advances with FHLBNY. At December 31, 2010, the Company had a total of $35.6 million in
borrowed funds with FHLBNY. The Company has placed sufficient collateral in the form of commercial
and residential real estate loans at FHLBNY. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, the
Bank is required to hold stock in FHLBNY. The Bank held FHLBNY stock with a fair value of $2.4
million as of December 31, 2010. The Banks FHLBNY stock average yield in 2010 was 5.2%.
There are 12 branches of the FHLB, including New York. Several members have warned that they have
either breached risk-based capital requirements or that they are close to breaching those
requirements. To conserve capital, some FHLB
17
Table of Contents
branches are suspending dividends, cutting dividend
payments, and not buying back excess FHLB stock that members
hold. FHLBNY has stated that they expect to be able to continue to pay dividends, redeem excess
capital stock, and provide competitively priced advances in the future. The most severe problems
in FHLB have been at some of the other FHLB branches. Nonetheless, the 12 FHLB branches are
jointly liable for the consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. To the extent that one FHLB
branch cannot meet its obligations to pay its share of the systems debt; other FHLB branches can
be called upon to make the payment.
Systemic weakness in the FHLB could result in higher costs of FHLB borrowings, reduced value of
FHLB stock, and increased demand for alternative sources of liquidity that are more expensive, such
as brokered time deposits, the discount window at the Federal Reserve, or lines of credit with
correspondent banks First Tennessee and M&T Bank.
Strong Competition Within the Companys Market Area May Limit its Growth and Profitability.
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. The Company competes with
commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies,
mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally
within the Companys market area and elsewhere. Many of these competitors (whether regional or
national institutions) have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Company
does, and may offer certain services that the Company does not or cannot provide. The Companys
profitability depends upon its continued ability to successfully compete in this market area.
Expansion of the Companys Branch Network May Adversely Affect its Financial Results.
The Company has increased its retail branch network from eight branches to thirteen branches by
opening de novo branches in five of the last eight years. In addition, the Company plans on
opening another branch in 2011, and its strategy is to continue to grow its branch network through
de novo branching and acquisitions. The Company cannot assure that its branch expansion strategy
will be accretive to earnings or that it will be accretive to earnings within a reasonable period
of time. Numerous factors contribute to the performance of a new branch, such as suitable
location, qualified personnel, and an effective marketing strategy. Additionally, it takes time
for a new branch to gather sufficient loans and deposits to generate income sufficient to cover its
operating expenses. Difficulties the Company experiences in implementing its growth strategy may
have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition and results of operations.
The Company Operates in a Highly Regulated Environment and May Be Adversely Affected By Changes in
Laws and Regulations.
The Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC, FRB, and by the FDIC,
as insurer of its deposits. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a bank
and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the deposit
insurance funds and depositors. Regulatory requirements affect the Companys lending practices,
capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth. These regulatory authorities
have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities,
including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of a bank, the imposition of deposit
insurance premiums and other assessments, the classification of assets by a bank and the adequacy
of a banks allowance for loan and lease losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight,
particularly through the new rules and regulations expected to be established by the Dodd-Frank
Act, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank, the Company and its business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Lack of System Integrity or Credit Quality Related to Funds Settlement could Result in a Financial
Loss.
The Bank settles funds on behalf of financial institutions, other businesses and consumers and
receives funds from clients, card issuers, payment networks and consumers on a daily basis for a
variety of transaction types. Transactions facilitated by the Bank include debit card, credit card
and electronic bill payment transactions, supporting consumers, financial institutions and other
businesses. These payment activities rely upon the technology infrastructure that facilitates the
verification of activity with counterparties and the facilitation of the payment. If the
continuity of operations or integrity of processing were compromised this could result in a
financial loss to the Bank, and therefore the Company, due to a failure in payment facilitation.
In addition, the Bank may issue credit to consumers, financial institutions or other businesses as
part of the funds settlement. A default on this credit by a counterparty could result in a
financial loss to Bank, and therefore to the Company.
18
Table of Contents
Financial Services Companies Depend on the Accuracy and Completeness of Information about Customers
and Counterparties.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, the Company may rely on
information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial
statements, credit reports, and other financial information. The Company may also rely on
representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent
auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. While management generally
engages only third parties that it knows or believes to be reputable, reliance on inaccurate or
misleading financial statements, credit reports, or other financial information could cause the
Company to enter into unfavorable transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Companys financial condition and results of operations.
The Company May Not be Able to Attract and Retain Skilled Personnel.
The Companys success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain skilled
personnel. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by the Company can be
intense, and the Company may not be able to hire sufficiently skilled people or to retain them
despite its best efforts to be an employer of choice. The loss of services of one or more of the
Companys key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the Companys business because of
their skills, knowledge of our markets, years of industry experience, and the difficulty of
promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.
Loss of Key Employees May Disrupt Relationships with Certain Customers.
The Companys business is primarily relationship-driven in that many of the Companys key employees
have extensive customer relationships. Loss of a key employee with such customer relationships may
lead to the loss of business if the customers were to follow that employee to a competitor. While
management believes that the Companys relationships with its key business producers are good, the
Company cannot guarantee that all of its key personnel will remain with the organization. Loss of
such key personnel, should they enter into an employment relationship with one of the Companys
competitors, could result in the loss of some of the Companys customers. Such losses could have a
material adverse effect on the Companys business, financial condition and results of operations.
Because the Nature of the Financial Services Business Involves a High Volume of Transactions, the
Company Faces Significant Operational Risks.
The Company operates in diverse markets and relies on the ability of its employees and systems to
process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from the
Companys operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons
outside of the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to
transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance
requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. This risk of loss also includes the
potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of
noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their
implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In the event of a
breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee
actions, the Company could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to its
reputation.
The Companys Information Systems may Experience an Interruption or Breach in Security.
The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any
failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result
in failures or disruptions in the Companys customer relationship management, general ledger,
deposit, loan, and other systems. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to
prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of its information
systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will
not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any
failures, interruptions, or security breaches of the Companys information systems could damage the
Companys reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional
regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition and results
of operations.
The Potential for Business Interruption Exists Throughout the Companys Organization.
Integral to the Companys performance is the continued efficacy of our technical systems,
operational infrastructure, relationships with third parties and the vast array of associates and
key executives in the Companys day-to-day and
19
Table of Contents
ongoing operations. Failure by any or all of these
resources subjects the Company to risks that may vary in size, scale and scope. This includes, but
is not limited to, operational or technical failures, pandemics, ineffectiveness or exposure due to
interruption in third party support as expected, as well as the loss of key individuals or failure
on the part of key individuals to perform properly. Although management has established policies
and procedures to address such failures,
the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Companys business,
which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of
operations.
Environmental Factors May Create Liability
In the course of its business, the Bank has acquired and may acquire in the future, property
securing loans that are in default. There is a risk that the Bank could be required to investigate
and clean-up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at such properties after
acquisition by the Bank in a foreclosure action, and that the Bank may be held liable to a
governmental entity or third parties for property damage, personal injury and investigation and
clean-up costs incurred by such parties in connection with such contamination. In addition, the
owner or former owners of contaminated sites may be subject to common law claims by third parties
based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from such property.
To date, the Bank has not been required to perform any investigation or clean-up activities, nor
has it been subject to any environmental claims. There can be no assurance, however, that this
will remain the case in the future.
Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
Item 2. PROPERTIES
The Bank conducts its business from its administrative office and 13 branch offices as of December
31, 2010. The Banks administrative office is located at One Grimsby Drive in Hamburg, NY. The
administrative office facility is 26,000 square feet and is owned by the Bank. This facility is
occupied by the Office of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as well as the
Administrative and Loan Divisions of the Bank. The Bank also owns a building on Erie Road in
Derby, NY that formerly housed its Loan Division.
The Bank has 13 branch locations. The Bank owns the building and land for six locations. The Bank
owns the building but leases the land for four locations. Three other locations are leased.
The Bank also owns the headquarters for SDS at Baseline Road in Grand Island, NY.
TEA operates from its headquarters a 9,300 square foot office located at 16 North Main Street,
Angola, NY, which is owned by the Bank. TEA has 14 retail locations. TEA leases 11 of the
locations. The Bank owns two of the locations and TEA owns the remaining building.
The Company owned $10.8 million in properties and equipment, net of depreciation at December 31,
2010, compared with $9.3 million at December 31, 2009.
Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The nature of the Companys business generates a certain amount of litigation involving matters
arising in the ordinary course of business. However, in the opinion of management of the Company,
there are no proceedings pending to which the Company is a party or to which its property is
subject, which, if determined adversely, would have a material effect on the Companys results of
operations or financial condition.
Item 4. (REMOVED AND RESERVED).
20
Table of Contents
PART II
Item 5. | MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES |
Market Information. Until December 24, 2010, the Companys common stock was traded on the Nasdaq
Global Select Market. The common stock is now listed on NYSE-Amex under the symbol EVBN.
The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of
the Companys common stock for fiscal 2010 and 2009.
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||
QUARTER | High | Low | High | Low | ||||||||||||
FIRST |
$ | 16.64 | $ | 11.23 | $ | 16.39 | $ | 9.31 | ||||||||
SECOND |
$ | 15.60 | $ | 12.25 | $ | 15.50 | $ | 12.00 | ||||||||
THIRD |
$ | 13.75 | $ | 12.11 | $ | 14.65 | $ | 11.80 | ||||||||
FOURTH |
$ | 14.49 | $ | 13.01 | $ | 13.05 | $ | 10.36 |
Holders. The approximate number of holders of record of the Companys common stock at March 1,
2011 was 1,374.
Cash Dividends. The Company paid the following cash dividends on shares of the Companys common
stock during fiscal 2009 and 2010:
| A cash dividend of $0.41 per share on April 1, 2009 to holders of record on March 9, 2009. | ||
| A cash dividend of $0.20 per share on October 15, 2009 to holders of record on September 21, 2009. | ||
| A cash dividend of $0.20 per share on April 27, 2010 to holders of record on April 6, 2010. | ||
| A cash dividend of $0.20 per share on October 6, 2010 to holders of record on September 13, 2010. |
The amount and type (cash or stock), if any, of future dividends will be determined by the
Companys Board of Directors and will depend upon the Companys earnings, financial conditions and
other factors considered by the Board of Directors to be relevant. The Bank pays a dividend to the
Company to provide funds for: debt service on the junior subordinated debentures, a portion of the
proceeds of which were contributed to the Bank as capital; dividends the Company pays; treasury
stock repurchases; and other Company expenses. There are various legal limitations with respect to
the Banks ability to supply funds to the Company. In particular, under Federal banking law, the
prior approval of the FRB and OCC may be required in certain circumstances, prior to the payment of
dividends by the Company or the Bank. See Note 20 to the Companys Consolidated Financial
Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional
information concerning contractual and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends.
21
Table of Contents
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The following Performance Graph compares the Companys cumulative total stockholder return on its
common stock for a five-year period (December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2010) with the cumulative
total return of the NASDAQ Bank
Index and NASDAQ Market Index. The comparison for each of the periods assumes that $100 was
invested on December 31, 2005 in each of the Companys common stock, the stocks included in the
NASDAQ Bank Index and the stocks included in the NASDAQ Market Index, and that all dividends were
reinvested without commissions. This table does not forecast future performance of the Companys
stock.
Compare 5-Year Cumulative Total Return Among
Evans Bancorp, Inc.,
NASDAQ Market Index and NASDAQ Bank Index
Evans Bancorp, Inc.,
NASDAQ Market Index and NASDAQ Bank Index
Period Ending | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Index | 12/31/05 | 12/31/06 | 12/31/07 | 12/31/08 | 12/31/09 | 12/31/10 | ||||||||||||||||||
Evans Bancorp, Inc. |
100.00 | 98.34 | 81.75 | 82.06 | 65.05 | 84.11 | ||||||||||||||||||
NASDAQ Composite |
100.00 | 110.39 | 122.15 | 73.32 | 106.57 | 125.91 | ||||||||||||||||||
NASDAQ Bank |
100.00 | 113.82 | 91.16 | 71.52 | 59.87 | 68.34 |
In accordance with and to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, the
information set forth above under the heading Performance Graph shall not be incorporated by
reference into any future filing under the Securities Act, as amended, or the Exchange Act and
shall not be deemed to be soliciting material or to be filed with the SEC under the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act.
22
Table of Contents
Item 6. | SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA |
As of and for the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands except per share data) | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data |
||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
$ | 671,523 | $ | 619,444 | $ | 528,974 | $ | 442,729 | $ | 473,894 | ||||||||||
Interest-earning assets |
611,141 | 562,219 | 477,496 | 392,235 | 426,836 | |||||||||||||||
Investment securities |
93,332 | 79,018 | 75,755 | 72,410 | 137,730 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and leases, net |
517,554 | 482,597 | 401,626 | 319,556 | 285,367 | |||||||||||||||
Deposits |
544,457 | 499,508 | 403,953 | 325,829 | 355,749 | |||||||||||||||
Borrowings |
52,226 | 63,146 | 66,512 | 63,236 | 60,559 | |||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity |
63,064 | 45,959 | 45,919 | 43,303 | 39,543 | |||||||||||||||
Income Statement Data |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income |
$ | 24,495 | $ | 22,594 | $ | 19,268 | $ | 16,675 | $ | 14,847 | ||||||||||
Non-interest income |
12,633 | 14,067 | 11,677 | 8,843 | 10,773 | |||||||||||||||
Non-interest expense |
26,107 | 26,057 | 20,440 | 19,182 | 17,728 | |||||||||||||||
Net income |
4,840 | 707 | 4,908 | 3,368 | 4,921 | |||||||||||||||
Per Share Data |
||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per share basic |
$ | 1.34 | $ | 0.25 | $ | 1.78 | $ | 1.23 | $ | 1.81 | ||||||||||
Earnings per share diluted |
1.34 | 0.25 | 1.78 | 1.23 | 1.80 | |||||||||||||||
Cash dividends |
0.40 | 0.61 | 0.78 | 0.71 | 0.68 | |||||||||||||||
Book value |
15.45 | 16.34 | 16.57 | 15.74 | 14.46 | |||||||||||||||
Performance Ratios |
||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets |
0.75 | % | 0.12 | % | 1.03 | % | 0.73 | % | 1.05 | % | ||||||||||
Return on average equity |
8.35 | 1.57 | 10.82 | 8.15 | 12.99 | |||||||||||||||
Net interest margin |
4.16 | 4.33 | 4.53 | 4.05 | 3.55 | |||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio * |
67.90 | 63.16 | 63.87 | 66.65 | 67.37 | |||||||||||||||
Dividend payout ratio |
29.85 | 244.00 | 43.82 | 57.72 | 37.57 | |||||||||||||||
Capital Ratios |
||||||||||||||||||||
Tier I capital to average assets |
9.93 | % | 7.80 | % | 9.02 | % | 10.04 | % | 8.90 | % | ||||||||||
Equity to assets |
9.39 | 7.42 | 8.68 | 9.78 | 8.34 | |||||||||||||||
Asset Quality Ratios |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total non-performing assets to total assets |
2.07 | % | 2.10 | % | 0.69 | % | 0.16 | % | 0.15 | % | ||||||||||
Total non-performing loans and leases to total
loans and leases |
2.64 | 2.64 | 0.88 | 0.22 | 0.23 | |||||||||||||||
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases |
0.10 | 2.19 | 0.55 | 0.37 | 0.22 | |||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total
loans and leases |
1.97 | 1.42 | 1.49 | 1.41 | 1.29 |
See Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, and Item 8, Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Report
on Form 10-K for further information and analysis of changes in the Companys financial condition
and results of operations.
* | The calculation of the efficiency ratio excludes amortization of intangibles, goodwill impairment, and gains and losses on sales and calls of securities, for comparative purposes. |
Item 7. | MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
OVERVIEW
This discussion is intended to compare the performance of the Company for the years ended December
31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The review of the information presented should be read in conjunction
with Part I, Item 1: Business and Part II, Item 6: Selected Financial Data and Item 8:
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Company is a financial holding company registered under the BHCA. The Company currently
conducts its business through its two direct wholly-owned subsidiaries: the Bank and the Banks
subsidiaries, ENL and ENHC; and ENFS and
23
Table of Contents
its subsidiaries, TEA and ENBA. The Company does not
engage in any other substantial business. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term
Company refers collectively to Evans Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Summary
The Companys financial objectives are focused on market share growth, earnings growth, and return
on average equity. The Company rebounded from one of the most difficult years in its history in
2009 to a more normal level of profitability in 2010. The Company earned $4.8 million, or $1.34
per diluted share, in 2010, a sharp increase from $0.7 million, or $0.25 per diluted share, in
2009, but less than the $4.9 million, or $1.78 per diluted share, earned in 2008. Return on
average equity was 8.35% in 2010, compared with 1.57% in 2009 and 10.82% in 2008. 2009 was
impacted by significant deterioration in the Companys national leasing portfolio that resulted in
a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge and $6.8 million in provision for lease losses. The
Company experienced some improvement in the second half of 2009 with the FDIC-assisted acquisition
of Waterford Village Bank (Waterford) and carried that momentum through 2010. In May of 2010,
the Company conducted a successful capital raise, which resulted in $13.4 million in net proceeds.
The increase in capital levels bolstered the Companys balance sheet and gave the Company the
capacity to pursue significant organic loan growth and the flexibility to pursue any attractive
acquisition opportunities that might arise. When excluding the leasing portfolio, which is running
off after management discontinued the Banks leasing business, gross core loans increased $54.4
million, or 11.9%, to $512.5 million from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. This growth was
achieved in the headwinds of a competitive and slow-growth Western New York market in the middle of
an economic recovery from a deep recession.
Non-performing loans and leases increased $1.0 million from $12.9 million at December 31, 2009 to
$13.9 million at December 31, 2010. The ratio of non-performing loans and leases to total loans
and leases remained flat at 2.64% year over year. While non-performing loans are at their highest
level in the past five years, the Companys charge-off rate in 2010 of 0.10% remains low compared
with the rest of the banking industry. Despite the Companys significant growth in its core loan
portfolio over the past three years and an increase in non-performing loans related to the
difficult economic environment, the Company has managed to keep losses of its core loan portfolio
at low levels.
Significant Factors in 2010 Performance
Net interest income increased 8.4% in 2010 compared with 2009. The increase was a result of
balance sheet growth, including a full year of the acquired Waterford loan portfolio. Net interest
margin declined from 4.33% in 2009 to 4.16% in 2010. The Companys net interest margin remains
above average compared with the rest of the banking industry, but has declined two years in a row
due to assets re-pricing to lower rates while there is less opportunity to re-price liabilities as
many of the sources of the Companys funding have already re-priced. Included in the asset
re-pricing impact is the roll-off of higher-rate direct financing leases.
The provision for loan and lease losses declined from $10.5 million to $3.9 million, mostly due to
the deterioration in the leasing portfolio in 2009. While the Company still incurred $1.5 million
in provision for leasing losses in 2010, the provision related to this portfolio in 2009 was $6.8
million. The leasing portfolio is $15.5 million at December 31, 2010, compared with $31.5 million
at December 31, 2009. Management expects the portfolio to reduce by a little more than half again
in 2011. As a result, the leasing portfolios impact on the Companys performance should continue
to decrease as time passes. Nevertheless, the credit quality of the portfolio remains poor with
nearly 19% of leases in non-performing status as of December 31, 2010 and additional future
provisioning remains possible. The provision for loan losses also decreased, from $3.7 million in
2009 to $2.4 million in 2010. While non-performing loans increased $1.0 million in 2010, they
increased $7.2 million in 2009. Also, the economy improved from recessionary to slow growth.
While the economy is not strong, it is better than the environment in 2009 and as a result the
increase in the allowance for loan losses due to qualitative economic factors was not as severe.
After a solid performance in 2009, TEA struggled in 2010 with a decrease in revenue of 2.8% and a
decrease in net income of 25.9%. The soft insurance market that has persisted since about 2005
continued through 2010. Insurers rely on their surplus to underwrite new business. The surplus is
the amount of capital they maintain in excess of the reserves they have posted to pay for insured
losses. Enhanced surplus capacity allows the insurance company to take on more risk and earn more
premiums. The property and casualty insurance industry has steadily increased its surplus capacity
since the events of September 11, 2001. The insurance industry has been able to grow surplus
capacity to record levels in part through the returns they were able to achieve from their
investment activities. The enhanced return on their investments enabled the carriers to write more
business and further invest those premiums. In their efforts to grow market share and invest the
premiums, insurers have reduced rates over the past few years. Thus, there has been a soft
insurance market, characterized by falling premium rates, with many readily available insurance
products. In contrast, a hard market is one in which insurance rates rise and coverage is more
difficult to find. The insurance industry generally cycles between soft and hard markets. TEA
would benefit from a return to a hardening market, and management expects
24
Table of Contents
that TEA will continue to
struggle to grow revenue until a harder market returns. A relatively benign Atlantic hurricane
season limited catastrophe losses in 2010 and insurance capacity and competition remained strong.
Barring a significant market-changing event, consensus forecasts call for conditions to generally
remain favorable to buyers in 2011.
Non-interest expenses were flat at $26.1 million from 2009 to 2010. When excluding the goodwill
impairment charge of $2.0 million in 2009, non-interest expenses increased 8.4%, or $2.0 million.
The primary factor causing the increase is the increase in salaries and benefits expense of $2.1
million as the Company continues to invest in people that will drive new business such as
commercial loan officers and other financial services sales people, along with the requisite
support staff. In conjunction with the Companys successful capital raise, management believes it
is setting the foundation for a period of robust organic growth in the near future.
Significant Factors in 2009 Performance
The first six months of 2009 were extremely difficult for the Company. The Companys national
leasing portfolio deteriorated very quickly as non-performing leases jumped from $0.8 million to
$1.6 million from December 31, 2008 to March 31, 2009 and net leasing charge-offs from $0.7 million
in the fourth quarter of 2008 to $1.6 million in the first quarter of 2009. As the deterioration
heightened, management evaluated ENLs place as part of the Company. At the end of the first
quarter, management decided that given the high level of credit risk associated with the leasing
portfolio and its sensitivity to the recessionary economy, coupled with ENLs national footprint
and lack of integration into the Banks Western New York community banking model, exiting the
national leasing business was the appropriate business decision. The portfolios deterioration and
managements decision resulted in a write-off at March 31, 2009 of the full $2.0 million in
goodwill attributable to ENL. The Company had a $3.3 million provision for loan and lease losses
in the first quarter, with $2.9 million attributable to the leasing portfolio. In the second
quarter, the leasing portfolio continued to deteriorate. At the end of the second quarter, the
Company announced it would to attempt to sell the portfolio and marked the portfolio to market as
of June 30, 2009. The total mark-to-market adjustment and net charge-offs related to leasing in
the second quarter were $7.7 million. With $3.8 million previously reserved, the provision for
lease losses was $3.9 million in the second quarter. With an additional $1.7 million in provision
for loan losses in the quarter, the end result was a $1.9 million net loss in the second quarter of
2009.
The high level of risk in the leasing business stems from the low liquidity value of the collateral
and the nature of the customers, often small businesses which are less likely to be able to
withstand disruptions in the business cycle such as an economic recession than are larger, more
established business with greater resources and experience. ENL conducted business with customers
through brokers all over the United States, including states that previously had fast-growing
economies such as California and Florida, which now are among those states with the worst
economies.
The Company returned to solid profitability in the second half of 2009. Despite the losses
absorbed from ENL, the Companys capital position was still robust enough to earn regulatory
approval for the purchase of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities of Waterford
Village Bank (Waterford) on July 24, 2009. The Company had a winning bid in the FDIC-assisted
transaction of negative $0.8 million. In the transaction, the Company acquired $41.0 million in
loans and deposits of $51.2 million. After making the appropriate purchase accounting marks to
fair value, the Company took a gain on the bargain purchase of $0.7 million. All of the loans and
foreclosed real estate purchased by the Bank under the Purchase and Assumption agreement with the
FDIC are covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and the Bank. Under this loss
sharing agreement, the FDIC agreed to bear 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $5.6
million and 95% of losses that exceed $5.6 million.
The Company announced in October 2009 that, after going through a lengthy due diligence process
with several potential buyers of the leasing portfolio, the bids did not reflect the Companys
estimate of the fair value of the portfolio. As a result, management decided to retain the
portfolio and will service it until maturity.
Strong balance sheet growth and a favorable interest rate environment allowed the Companys net
interest income to grow by 17.3% during 2009 to $22.6 million. Total net loans and leases grew
20.2%, or $81.0 million, despite $27.1 million in pay-downs and write-downs in the leasing
portfolio. Total deposits grew $95.6 million, or 23.7%. Net interest margin declined 20 basis
points to 4.33%, but remained high when compared to peers and historical performance. The Company
benefited from a steep yield curve and low deposit rates.
Strategy
To sustain future growth and to meet the Companys financial objectives, the Company has defined a
number of strategies. Five of the more important strategies are:
25
Table of Contents
| Growing the business to achieve better scale and leverage investments in the banking and insurance agency business for enhanced profitability; | ||
| Continuing growth of non-interest income through insurance agency internal growth, financial services revenues, and potential acquisitions; | ||
| Utilizing segmented market approach to develop deeper relationships and strengthen earnings power; | ||
| Leveraging technology to improve efficiency and customer service; and | ||
| Maintaining a community based focus. |
The Companys strategies are designed to direct tactical investment decisions supporting its
financial objectives. While the Company intends to focus its efforts on the pursuit of these
strategies, there can be no assurance that the Company will successfully implement these strategies
or that the strategies will produce the desired results. The Companys most significant revenue
source continues to be net interest income, defined as total interest income less interest expense.
Net interest income accounted for approximately 66% of total revenue in 2010. To produce net
interest income and consistent earnings growth over the long-term, the Company must generate loan
and deposit growth at acceptable margins within its market area. To generate and grow loans and
deposits, the Company must focus on a number of areas including, but not limited to, branch
expansion, sales practices, customer and employee satisfaction and retention, competition, evolving
customer behavior, technology, product innovation, interest rates, credit performance of its
customers and vendor relationships.
The Company also considers non-interest income important to its continued financial success. Fee
income generation is partly related to the Companys loan and deposit operations, such as deposit
service charges, as well as to its financial products, such as commercial and personal insurance
sold through TEA and non-deposit investment products sold through ENBA. Improved performance in
non-interest income can help increase capital ratios because most of the non-interest income is
generated without recording assets on the balance sheet. The Company has and will continue to face
challenges in increasing its non-interest income as the regulatory environment changes. For
example, recent regulation has resulted in an industry-wide decline in overdraft deposit service
charges. It is also expected that the new regulations stemming from the Dodd-Frank Act will force
banks to drastically reduce interchange fees on debit cards. Management is closely studying these
developments and their impact on the Companys profitability, including the development of
strategies to mitigate their impact.
While the Company reviews and manages all customer units, it has focused increased efforts on
targeted segments in its community such as (1) smaller businesses with smaller credit needs but
rich in deposits; (2) middle market commercial businesses; (3) commercial real estate and
construction-related lending; and (4) retail customers. The overarching goal is to cross-sell
between our insurance, financial services and banking lines of business to deepen our relationships
with all of our customers. The Company believes that these efforts resulted in growth in the
commercial loan portfolio and core deposits during fiscal 2010 and 2009.
To support growth in targeted customer units, the Bank opened one de-novo branch per year from
2004-2006, and opened another in August 2008. The Bank also acquired a new branch location in
Clarence, NY in connection with the Waterford transaction in July 2009. The Bank is planning to
open another branch in 2011, with the goal to open 1-2 more in the next 3 years. With all new and
existing branches, the Company has strived to maintain a local community based philosophy. The
Bank has emphasized hiring local branch and lending personnel with strong ties to the specific
local communities it enters and serves.
In addition, the Bank acquired SDS on December 31, 2008. The Company believes that this
acquisition has enabled the Bank to drive the strategic direction of its information technology
platform by augmenting its resources and increasing its in-house capabilities in order to expand
its operational flexibility, create scalability and mitigate risk as the Company grows.
Additionally, SDS provides the opportunity to utilize proprietary technology as a strategic
advantage for potential mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions. SDSs products
and services include core and online banking systems, check imaging, item processing and ATM
services.
The Bank serves its market through 13 banking offices in Western New York, located in Amherst,
Angola, Buffalo, Clarence, Derby, Evans, Forestville, Hamburg, Lancaster, North Boston, West
Seneca, and Tonawanda. The Companys principal source of funding is through deposits, which it
reinvests in the community in the form of loans and investments. Deposits are insured up to the
maximum permitted by the Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The Bank is regulated by the OCC.
APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The Companys Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and follow general practices within the industries in which
it operates. Application of these
26
Table of Contents
principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions
and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements
and Notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the
date of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, as this information changes, the
Consolidated Financial Statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments.
Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and
judgments, and as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially
different than originally reported.
Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be
recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial
statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established,
or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets
and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair
values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities
are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when
available. When third-party information is not available, valuation adjustments are estimated in
good faith by management primarily through the use of internal cash flow modeling techniques.
The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These
policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other Notes to the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in this financial review,
provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the Companys
Consolidated Financial Statements and how those values are determined.
Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the
methods, assumptions and estimates underlying those amounts, management has identified the
determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses and valuation of goodwill to be the
accounting areas that require the most subjective or complex judgments, and as such, could be most
subject to revision as new information becomes available.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The allowance for loan and lease losses represents managements estimate of probable losses in the
Banks loan and lease portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses
is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment on the part
of management and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash
flows on impaired loans and leases, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans and leases based
on historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of
which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest
asset type on the Companys consolidated balance sheets.
On a quarterly basis, management of the Bank meets to review and determine the adequacy of the
allowance for loan and lease losses. In making this determination, the Banks management analyzes
the ultimate collectability of the loans and leases in its portfolio by incorporating feedback
provided by the Banks internal loan and lease staff, an independent internal loan and lease review
function and information provided by examinations performed by regulatory agencies.
The analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses is composed of two components: specific
credit allocation and general portfolio allocation. The specific credit allocation includes a
detailed review of each impaired loan and allocation is made based on this analysis. Factors may
include the appraisal value of the collateral, the age of the appraisal, the type of collateral,
the performance of the loan to date, the performance of the borrowers business based on financial
statements, and legal judgments involving the borrower. The general portfolio allocation consists
of an assigned reserve percentage based on the historical loss experience and other quantitative
and qualitative factors of the loan or lease category.
The general portfolio allocation is segmented into pools of loans with similar characteristics.
Separate pools of loans include loans pooled by loan grade and by portfolio segment. The Company
does not have sufficient meaningful data to perform a traditional loss migration analysis and thus
has implemented alternative procedures. Loans graded a 5 or worse (criticized loans) that exceed
a material balance threshold are evaluated by the Companys credit department to determine if the
collateral for the loan is worth less than the loan. All of these shortfalls are added together
and divided by the respective loan pool to calculate the quantitative factor applied to the
respective pool. These loans are not considered impaired because the cash flow of the customer and
the payment history of the loan suggest that it is not probable that the Company will be unable to
collect the full amount of principal and interest as contracted and are thus still accruing
interest. Also included in the criticized pool are certain nonaccrual loans that did not have any
measureable impairment (i.e. the collateral value exceeds the loan carrying value but the full
collectability of principal and interest as contracted are in doubt) but the collateral valuation
had sufficient risk such that a reserve was appropriate. These
27
Table of Contents
particular loans are considered to
have common characteristics based on the timing and reliability of appraisals or other valuation,
timing of the a third-partys inspection of the collateral, liquidity of collateral, borrowers
financial condition, historical losses on similar loans and other factors as appropriate for the
loan type, or other factors. As a result, management maintains reserves on these loans in the
criticized loan pool in accordance with loan policy and regulatory guidance.
Loans that are graded 4 or better (non-criticized loans) are reserved in separate loan pools in
the general portfolio allocation. A weighted average 5-year historical charge-off ratio by
portfolio segment is calculated and applied against these loan pools.
For both the criticized and non-criticized loan pools in the general portfolio allocation,
additional qualitative factors are applied. The qualitative factors applied to the general
portfolio allocation reflect managements evaluation of various conditions. The conditions
evaluated include the following: industry and regional conditions; seasoning of the loan and lease
portfolio and changes in the composition of and growth in the loan and lease portfolio; the
strength and duration of the business cycle; existing general economic and business conditions in
the lending areas; credit quality trends in non-accruing loans and leases; timing of the
identification of downgrades; historical loan and lease charge-off experience; and the results of
bank regulatory examinations. Due to the nature of the loans, the criticized loan pools carry
significantly higher qualitative factors than the non-criticized pools.
Direct financing leases are segregated from the rest of the loan portfolio in determining the
appropriate allowance for that portfolio segment. Unlike the loan portfolio, the Company does have
sufficient historical loss data to perform a migration analysis for non-accruing leases.
Management periodically updates this analysis by examining the non-accruing lease portfolio at
different points in time and studying what percentage of the non-accruing portfolio ends up being
charged off. There are selected large leases in non-accruing status which carry different
characteristics than the rest of the portfolio. The Company has more information on these
particular lessees. The underwriting for these leases was different due to the size of the leases
and the subsequent servicing of these leases was also more intensive. Due to the elevated level of
information on these leases, the Company is able to specifically analyze these leases and allocate
an appropriate specific reserve based on the information available including cash flow, payment
history, and collateral value. These selected large leases are not considered when performing the
migration analysis. All of the remaining leases not in nonaccrual are allocated a reserve based on
several factors including: delinquency and nonaccrual trends, charge-off trends, and national
economic conditions.
For further discussion on the allowance for loan and lease loss, please see Note 1 and Note 3 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The amount of goodwill reflected in the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements is required to
be tested by management for impairment on at least an annual basis. The test for impairment of
goodwill in an identified reporting unit is considered a critical accounting estimate because it
requires judgment on the part of management and the use of estimates related to the growth
assumptions and market multiples used in the valuation model. As of December 31, 2010, TEA had
$8.1 million in goodwill. The banking and ENL reporting units do not have any more goodwill after
the ENL reporting units goodwill was determined to be impaired in 2009 and the entire $2.0
million balance was written down to zero. All of the goodwill at TEA stems from the acquisition of
various insurances agencies, not the purchase of diverse companies in which goodwill was
subjectively allocated to different reporting units. Therefore, total market capitalization
reconciliation was not performed because not all of the reporting units had goodwill. As a result,
such an analysis would not be meaningful.
Management valued TEA, the reporting unit with goodwill, using cash flow modeling and earnings
multiple techniques. When using the cash flow models, management considered historical
information, the operating budget for 2011, economic and insurance market cycles, and strategic
goals in projecting net income and cash flows for the next five years. The fair value calculated
substantially exceeded the book value of TEA. The value based on a multiple to earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) was averaged with the value as
determined by the cash flow model to calculate the fair value. The multiple used was based on data
from a third party consulting service. The firms services include searching, valuing,
structuring, and negotiating the acquisition of insurance agencies. The valuation using the EBITDA
model was higher, likely a result of conservative growth assumptions used by the Company in the
cash flow model as well as an implied control premium in the multiple.
While the fair values determined in the impairment tests were substantially higher than the
carrying value for TEA, the risk of a future impairment charge still exists. Management used
growth rates that are achievable over the long run through both soft and hard insurance cycles. A
soft insurance market has persisted for several years, resulting in a
28
Table of Contents
decrease in revenue of 2.8%,
a decrease in EBITDA of 15.6%, and a decrease in net income of 25.9% at TEA in 2010 compared with
2009. A continued soft insurance market over the long term could result in lower than projected
revenue and profitability growth rates and result in depressed pricing multiples in the acquisition
marketplace. A persistent soft insurance market is the biggest risk to the Companys valuation
model.
For further discussion of the Companys accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets, see
Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form
10-K.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS
Note 1 to the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K discusses new accounting policies adopted by the Company during fiscal 2010. Below
are accounting policies recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted. To the
extent management believes the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects the
Companys financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity, the impacts are discussed
below.
Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-28, When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment
Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging
Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A), modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test under FASB
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other, for
reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts to require an entity to perform Step 2 of
the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In
determining whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should
consider whether there are adverse qualitative factors, including the examples provided in FASB ASC
paragraph 350-20-35-30, in determining whether an interim goodwill impairment test between annual
test dates is necessary. On adoption of this ASU, goodwill impairment that results from this
requirement to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test would be recognized as cumulative
effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption. The ASU is effective
for fiscal year, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010 for a
public entity. An impairment charge recorded on adoption may require disclosure for 2010 calendar
year-end registrants. The Company adopted the ASU as of January 1, 2011. The Company has one
reporting unit with goodwill TEA, its insurance agency subsidiary. As the carrying amount of
that reporting unit is greater than zero, adoption of this ASU did not impact the Company.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND DECEMBER 31, 2009
Net Income
Net income of $4.8 million in 2010 consisted of $4.1 million related to the Companys banking
activities and $0.7 million in net income related to the Companys insurance agency activities.
The total net income of $4.8 million or $1.34 per basic and diluted share in 2010 compares with
$0.7 million or $0.25 per basic and diluted share for 2009.
Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Results of Operations
In accordance with GAAP, included in the computation of net income for years ended December 31,
2010, 2009, and 2008, are gains and losses on the sale of securities and acquisition-related
amortization and gains. To provide investors with greater visibility of the Companys operating
results, the Company uses net operating income, which excludes items that management believes to
be non-operating in nature. Specifically, net operating income excludes gains and losses on the
sale and call of securities and acquisition-related items such as amortization expense of
acquisition intangibles, goodwill impairment, and the gain on bargain purchase. This non-GAAP
information is being disclosed because management believes this non-GAAP financial measure provides
investors with information useful in understanding the Companys financial performance, its
performance trends, and financial position. While the Companys management uses this non-GAAP
measure in its analysis of the Companys performance, this information should not be viewed as a
substitute for financial results determined in accordance with GAAP or considered to be more
important than financial results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor is it necessarily
comparable with non-GAAP measures which may be presented by other companies.
When net income is adjusted for what management considers non-operating items, net operating
income was $5.4 million in 2010, compared with $2.1 million for 2009, and $5.3 million in 2008.
Diluted net operating earnings per share for 2010 was $1.49 compared with $0.74 in 2009 and $1.93
in 2008. The reconciliation of net operating income and diluted net operating earnings per share
to net income and diluted earnings per share can be found in the following table.
29
Table of Contents
Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP Net Operating Income
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share) | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
GAAP Net Income |
$ | 4,840 | $ | 707 | $ | 4,908 | ||||||
Gain on sale and call of securities* |
(5 | ) | (11 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||
Goodwill impairment charge* |
| 1,210 | | |||||||||
Amortization of intangibles* |
549 | 568 | 418 | |||||||||
Gain on bargain purchase* |
| (409 | ) | | ||||||||
Net operating income^ |
$ | 5,384 | $ | 2,065 | $ | 5,320 | ||||||
GAAP diluted earnings per share |
$ | 1.34 | $ | 0.25 | $ | 1.78 | ||||||
(Gain) loss on sale of securities* |
| | | |||||||||
Goodwill impairment charge* |
| 0.43 | | |||||||||
Amortization of intangibles* |
0.15 | 0.21 | 0.15 | |||||||||
Gain on bargain purchase* |
| (0.15 | ) | | ||||||||
Diluted net operating earnings per share^ |
$ | 1.49 | $ | 0.74 | $ | 1.93 |
* | After any tax-related effect | |
^ | Non-GAAP measure |
Net Interest Income
Net interest income, the difference between interest income and fee income on earning assets, such
as loans and securities, and interest expense on deposits and borrowings, provides the primary
basis for the Companys results of operations.
Net interest income is dependent on the amounts and yields earned on interest earning assets as
compared to the amounts of and rates paid on interest bearing liabilities.
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
The following table presents the significant categories of the assets and liabilities of the Bank,
interest income and interest expense, and the corresponding yields earned and rates paid in 2010,
2009 and 2008. The assets and liabilities are presented as daily averages. The average loan
balances include both performing and non-performing loans. Interest income on loans does not
include interest on loans for which the Bank has ceased to accrue interest. Securities are stated
at fair value. Interest and yield are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.
30
Table of Contents
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Yield/ | Average | Yield/ | Average | Yield/ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance | Interest | Rate | Balance | Interest | Rate | Balance | Interest | Rate | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | (dollars in thousands) | (dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and leases, net |
$ | 494,366 | $ | 28,102 | 5.68 | % | $ | 439,710 | $ | 27,416 | 6.24 | % | $ | 357,210 | $ | 26,328 | 7.37 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Taxable securities |
50,149 | 1,740 | 3.47 | % | 40,594 | 1,608 | 3.96 | % | 32,168 | 1,309 | 4.07 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax-exempt securities |
39,330 | 1,566 | 3.98 | % | 40,242 | 1,676 | 4.16 | % | 34,584 | 1,490 | 4.31 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal funds sold |
4,642 | 9 | 0.19 | % | 1,188 | 1 | 0.08 | % | 1,531 | 24 | 1.57 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
588,487 | 31,417 | 5.34 | % | 521,734 | 30,701 | 5.88 | % | 425,493 | 29,151 | 6.85 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non interest-earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
13,281 | 12,337 | 12,592 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Premises and equipment, net |
10,054 | 9,547 | 8,662 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
35,059 | 32,886 | 30,037 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 646,881 | $ | 576,504 | $ | 476,784 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities & Stockholders Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NOW |
$ | 24,981 | 251 | 1.00 | % | $ | 11,514 | 41 | 0.36 | % | $ | 11,793 | 80 | 0.68 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Regular savings deposits |
237,939 | 1,648 | 0.69 | % | 197,178 | 2,226 | 1.13 | % | 113,266 | 1,801 | 1.59 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Muni-vest savings |
30,005 | 145 | 0.48 | % | 33,266 | 209 | 0.63 | % | 23,459 | 494 | 2.11 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time deposits |
142,360 | 3,616 | 2.54 | % | 142,893 | 4,368 | 3.06 | % | 144,040 | 5,713 | 3.97 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other borrowed funds |
31,721 | 909 | 2.87 | % | 32,758 | 843 | 2.57 | % | 35,876 | 1,110 | 3.09 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures |
11,330 | 333 | 2.94 | % | 11,330 | 399 | 3.52 | % | 11,330 | 644 | 5.68 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securities sold under
agreement to repurchase |
7,531 | 20 | 0.27 | % | 5,331 | 21 | 0.39 | % | 5,151 | 41 | 0.80 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing
liabilities |
485,867 | 6,922 | 1.42 | % | 434,270 | 8,107 | 1.87 | % | 344,915 | 9,883 | 2.87 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Demand deposits |
92,072 | 85,181 | 75,551 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
11,006 | 12,013 | 10,972 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
588,945 | 531,464 | 431,438 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity |
57,936 | 45,040 | 45,346 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Liabilities & Equity |
$ | 646,881 | $ | 576,504 | $ | 476,784 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest earnings |
$ | 24,495 | $ | 22,594 | $ | 19,268 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net yield on interest earning assets |
4.16 | % | 4.33 | % | 4.53 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate spread |
3.92 | % | 4.01 | % | 3.98 | % |
The following table segregates changes in interest earned and paid for the past two years into
amounts attributable to changes in volume and changes in rates by major categories of assets and
liabilities. The change in interest income and expense due to both volume and rate has been
allocated in the table to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute
dollar amounts of the change in each.
31
Table of Contents
2010 Compared to 2009 | 2009 Compared to 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase (Decrease) Due to | Increase (Decrease) Due to | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Volume | Rate | Total | Volume | Rate | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest earned on: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and leases |
$ | 3,232 | ($2,546 | ) | $ | 686 | $ | 5,518 | ($4,430 | ) | $ | 1,088 | ||||||||||||
Taxable securities |
348 | (216 | ) | 132 | 335 | (36 | ) | 299 | ||||||||||||||||
Tax-exempt securities |
(37 | ) | (73 | ) | (110 | ) | 237 | (51 | ) | 186 | ||||||||||||||
Federal funds sold |
6 | 2 | 8 | (4 | ) | (19 | ) | (23 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
$ | 3,549 | ($2,833 | ) | $ | 716 | $ | 6,086 | ($4,536 | ) | $ | 1,550 | ||||||||||||
Interest paid on: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
NOW accounts |
$ | 82 | $ | 128 | $ | 210 | ($2 | ) | ($37 | ) | ($39 | ) | ||||||||||||
Savings deposits |
398 | (976 | ) | (578 | ) | 1,056 | (630 | ) | 426 | |||||||||||||||
Muni-vest |
(19 | ) | (45 | ) | (64 | ) | 152 | (437 | ) | (285 | ) | |||||||||||||
Time deposits |
(16 | ) | (736 | ) | (752 | ) | (45 | ) | (1,300 | ) | (1,345 | ) | ||||||||||||
Fed funds purchased and
other borrowings |
29 | (30 | ) | (1 | ) | (96 | ) | (437 | ) | (533 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
$ | 474 | ($1,659 | ) | ($1,185 | ) | $ | 1,065 | ($2,841 | ) | ($1,776 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net interest income increased by $1.9 million, or 8.4%, to $24.5 million in 2010 from $22.6 million
in 2009. As indicated in the preceding table, interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability
volume positively impacted net interest income by $3.1 million, while rates earned and paid on
those respective assets and liabilities negatively impacted net interest income by $1.2 million.
Overall, the increase in the volume of loans and investment securities and the benefit of lower
rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities was partially offset by lower rates earned on
interest-earning assets, particularly loans and leases.
During 2008, the FRB aggressively cut interest rates and reduced its target overnight rate by 200
basis points over the first 8 months. This rate cut activity accelerated in the fourth quarter of
2008 because of the continuing financial turmoil and by the end of 2008 the target overnight rate
had been cut to between 0.00% and 0.25%. These actions by the FRB, along with its program to
purchase mortgage-backed securities, kept market interest rates at or near all-time lows for all of
2009. Rates continued to remain low during 2010, as the global economy continued to struggle.
This interest rate environment resulted in lower interest yields earned on assets as well as lower
rates paid on liabilities.
Low interest rates helped support loan demand. The impact on net interest income from loan volume
was also affected by the acquisition of Waterfords loan portfolio of $41.0 million in July 2009.
A full year of balances of the former Waterford portfolio contributed to the increase in average
loans and leases in 2010 compared with 2009. Total loan growth continued to be driven by
commercial loan growth, which increased by 12.7%, from a $336.5 million average balance in 2009 to
a $379.1 million average balance in 2010. Consumer loans increased 13.1% from $109.0 million
average balance in 2009 to $123.2 million in 2010. Investment securities volume positively
impacted net interest income by $0.3 million as the Company used the proceeds from raising capital
from the sale of its common stock to purchase investments.
On the funding side, the Company has been successful in attracting new deposit customers, with most
of that success coming in the premium-rate Better Checking, Better Savings, and business money
market accounts. Better Checking is a NOW product and the impact of its premium rate is evidenced
in the table above as the only deposit category that paid a higher rate in 2010 versus 2009.
Better Savings and business money market are savings deposit products and while overall savings
rates dropped because of the low rate environment, they did not drop as much as loan rates. While
these products have put some pressure on the net interest margin, the Company expects to benefit in
the long term from the deeper relationships that these core deposits products provide. In order to
get the premium rates, customers have to have multiple products with the Company and demonstrate
its core relationship with the Bank through required transaction activity in checking accounts.
Net interest spread, or the difference between yield on interest-earning assets and rate on
interest-bearing liabilities, declined to 3.92% in 2010, compared with 4.01% in 2009. The yield on
interest-earning assets decreased 54 basis points from 5.88% in 2009 to 5.34% in 2010, and the cost
of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 45 basis points, from 1.87%
32
Table of Contents
in 2009 to 1.42% in 2010. Net interest spread remained wide as the yield curve, or the difference
between long-term rates and short-term rates, remained fairly steep throughout 2010. Banks
traditionally benefit from a steep yield curve because the duration of interest-earnings assets is
typically longer than the duration of interest-bearing liabilities. Another effect of the
difference in the duration of assets and liabilities is that after the Companys spread widened in
2008 because it was able to re-price its liabilities faster than its assets, its spread has
declined two years in a row as assets continue to re-price while liabilities have already re-priced
with less ability for any further re-pricing.
The Companys net interest margin decreased from 4.33% in 2009 to 4.16% in 2010, reflecting the
changes to the net interest spread. In the future, it should be noted that several factors could
put pressure on the Companys net interest margin, including increases in interest rates,
flattening of the yield curve, and increased pricing competition for loans and deposits.
The Bank regularly monitors its exposure to interest rate risk. Management believes that the
proper management of interest-sensitive funds will help protect the Banks earnings against extreme
changes in interest rates. The Banks Asset/Liability Management Committee (ALCO) meets monthly
for the purpose of evaluating the Banks short-term and long-term liquidity position and the
potential impact on capital and earnings of changes in interest rates. The Bank has adopted an
asset/liability policy that specifies minimum limits for liquidity and capital ratios. This policy
includes setting ranges for the negative impact acceptable on net interest income and on the fair
value of equity as a result of a shift in interest rates. The asset/liability policy also includes
guidelines for investment activities and funds management. At its monthly meetings, ALCO reviews
the Banks status and formulates its strategies based on current economic conditions, interest rate
forecasts, loan demand, deposit volatility and the Banks earnings objectives.
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
The Companys provision for loan and lease losses decreased $6.6 million from $10.5 million in 2009
to $3.9 million in 2010. Most of the decrease was due to the significant credit issues experienced
in the Companys national lease portfolio during 2009, as described in the Overview section of
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The provision for lease losses decreased $5.3 million from
$6.8 million in 2009 to $1.5 million in 2010. The provision for loan losses also decreased, going
from $3.7 million in 2009 to $2.4 million in 2010. Management continued to identify and provision
for impaired loans and increases in criticized loan pools. However, the increases in impaired
loans and criticized loans were not as substantial in 2010, resulting in a lower loan loss
provision. Another reason for the lower provision is that while the economy remained stagnant, it
did stabilize somewhat, particularly expectations of future economic growth. By comparison, the
economy deteriorated throughout 2009. While the non-performing loans and leases to total loans and
leases ratio was flat at 2.64% at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the ratio increased
substantially from 0.88% at December 31, 2008 to 2.64% at December 31, 2009. The increase in
non-performing loans and leases during 2009 was a contributing factor to the higher provision for
loan and lease losses during 2009.
Trends in non-performing loans and charge-offs are the best indicators of credit quality and
provide context for the movement in the provision for loan and lease losses. Trends in those two
important credit quality indicators are presented and discussed in the next section. A description
of how the allowance for loan and lease losses is determined along with tabular data depicting the
key factors in calculating the allowance is in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Notes 1 and 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Non-accrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans and Leases
The following table summarizes the Banks non-accrual and accruing loans and leases 90 days or more
past due as of the dates listed below. See Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for further information about the Companys non-accrual, past due and restructured
loans and leases.
33
Table of Contents
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Non-accruing loans and leases: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
$ | 696 | $ | 978 | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
Commercial and multi-family |
5,724 | 2,328 | 1,291 | 112 | 145 | |||||||||||||||
Construction-residential |
186 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction-commercial |
850 | 417 | 417 | | | |||||||||||||||
Home equities |
256 | 181 | 51 | | | |||||||||||||||
Total mortgage loans on real estate |
7,712 | 3,904 | 1,759 | 112 | 145 | |||||||||||||||
Direct financing leases |
2,930 | 2,905 | 791 | 215 | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial loans |
2,203 | 1,784 | 758 | 224 | 443 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
276 | 243 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Other |
| | 123 | | | |||||||||||||||
Total non-accruing loans and leases |
$ | 13,121 | $ | 8,836 | $ | 3,431 | $ | 551 | $ | 588 | ||||||||||
Accruing loans and leases 90+ days
past due |
806 | 4,112 | 148 | 163 | 74 | |||||||||||||||
Total non-performing loans and leases |
$ | 13,927 | $ | 12,948 | $ | 3,579 | $ | 714 | $ | 662 | ||||||||||
Total non-performing loans and leases
to total assets |
2.07 | % | 2.09 | % | 0.68 | % | 0.16 | % | 0.15 | % | ||||||||||
Total non-performing loans and leases
to total loans and leases |
2.64 | % | 2.64 | % | 0.88 | % | 0.22 | % | 0.23 | % | ||||||||||
Non-performing loans and leases increased from $12.9 million at December 31, 2009 to $13.9 million
at December 31, 2010. Non-accruing loans and leases increased $4.3 million from $8.8 million at
December 31, 2009 to $13.1 million at December 31, 2010. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the
non-accruing portfolio spiked to $13.1 million due to two primary factors. First, a large
commercial mortgage relationship for $3.5 million was moved into nonaccrual. Management ordered a
new appraisal for the underlying collateral and recorded a provision for loan losses for the $0.3
million shortfall between the appraised value of the underlying collateral (adjusted for projected
selling and carrying costs) and the loan value. Second, the Companys two largest remaining direct
financing leases for a total of $0.5 million were placed into nonaccrual in the fourth quarter.
Management believes that these two leases contain significantly different risk characteristics than
the remaining leasing portfolio. One of the leases is with a local borrower with whom Bank
management has a developed relationship and a restructuring plan is in place. The second lease is
with a large public company that recently declared bankruptcy. The Company is considered a secured
creditor in the bankruptcy. Most of the leases in the Companys portfolio are with small
businesses throughout the country, obtained through a broker network.
While the two large leases have characteristics of troubled credits
and are classified as nonaccrual, management does not
believe these two leases have similar characteristics as compared with the remaining lease
portfolio. Management believes appropriate reserves have been established on an individual basis
for the two leases.
The increase in non-accruing loans and leases was partially offset by a decrease in loans and
leases 90+ days past due and still accruing interest. This category decreased from $4.1 million at
December 31, 2009 to $0.8 million at December 31, 2010. Management considers these loans well
secured and in the process of collection, and still believes that the Company will collect the full
value of principal and interest as contracted. Last years balance included two large commercial
mortgages for $3.7 million which were both performing and current at December 31, 2010 after being
extended during 2010. The extension did not involve lowering the interest rate or monthly payment
on the loans. Neither borrower is considered to be in financial difficulty. Therefore, these
loans are not considered troubled debt restructurings.
The Bank had $2.5 million in loans and leases, of which $1.3 were in non-accrual status, that were
restructured in a troubled debt restructuring at December 31, 2010, compared with $2.2 million in
loans and leases, with $0.9 million in non-accrual status, at December 31, 2009. Those loans and
leases that are in accruing status have shown evidence of performance for at least six months as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009. These restructurings were allowed in an effort to maximize the Banks
ability to collect on loans and leases where borrowers were experiencing financial issues. The
general practice of the Bank is to work with borrowers so that they are able to pay back their loan
or lease in full. If a borrower continues to be delinquent after a troubled debt restructuring,
the loan or lease will be placed in nonaccrual or charged off.
34
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the loans and leases that were classified as troubled debt
restructurings:
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Commercial and industrial |
$ | 166 | $ | 121 | ||||
Residential real estate: |
||||||||
Residential |
| | ||||||
Construction |
| | ||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||
Commercial and multi-family |
139 | 144 | ||||||
Construction |
| | ||||||
Home equities |
68 | 229 | ||||||
Direct financing leases |
2,155 | 1,736 | ||||||
Consumer |
| 18 | ||||||
Other |
| | ||||||
Total troubled restructured loans and leases |
$ | 2,528 | $ | 2,248 | ||||
35
Table of Contents
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The following table summarizes the Banks allowance for loan and lease losses and changes in the
allowance for loan and lease losses by categories:
ANALYSIS OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE AT THE BEGINNING OF
THE YEAR |
$ | 6,971 | $ | 6,087 | $ | 4,555 | $ | 3,739 | $ | 3,211 | ||||||||||
CHARGE-OFFS: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
| | | | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Commercial and multi-family |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction-residential |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction-commercial |
(104 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
Home equities |
| | (1 | ) | (5 | ) | | |||||||||||||
Direct financing leases |
| (9,483 | ) | (2,149 | ) | (1,048 | ) | (500 | ) | |||||||||||
Commercial loans |
(388 | ) | (319 | ) | | (154 | ) | (212 | ) | |||||||||||
Consumer loans |
(4 | ) | | (2 | ) | (5 | ) | (35 | ) | |||||||||||
Other |
(53 | ) | (56 | ) | (53 | ) | (59 | ) | (45 | ) | ||||||||||
TOTAL CHARGE-OFFS |
(549 | ) | (9,858 | ) | (2,205 | ) | (1,271 | ) | (798 | ) | ||||||||||
RECOVERIES: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
| | | 1 | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial and multi-family |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction-residential |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction-commercial |
30 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Home equities |
1 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Direct financing leases |
| 211 | 170 | 105 | 62 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial loans |
4 | 9 | 36 | 26 | 53 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
| | 2 | 17 | 63 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
24 | 22 | 21 | 21 | 20 | |||||||||||||||
TOTAL RECOVERIES |
59 | 242 | 229 | 170 | 198 | |||||||||||||||
NET CHARGE-OFFS |
(490 | ) | (9,616 | ) | (1,976 | ) | (1,101 | ) | (600 | ) | ||||||||||
PROVISION FOR LOAN AND
LEASE LOSSES |
3,943 | 10,500 | 3,508 | 1,917 | 1,128 | |||||||||||||||
BALANCE AT END OF YEAR |
$ | 10,424 | $ | 6,971 | $ | 6,087 | $ | 4,555 | $ | 3,739 | ||||||||||
RATIO OF NET CHARGE-OFFS TO
AVERAGE NET LOANS AND
LEASES OUTSTANDING |
0.10 | % | 2.19 | % | 0.55 | % | 0.37 | % | 0.22 | % | ||||||||||
RATIO OF ALLOWANCE FOR
LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES TO
TOTAL LOANS AND LEASES |
1.97 | % | 1.42 | % | 1.49 | % | 1.41 | % | 1.29 | % | ||||||||||
36
Table of Contents
An allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio type over the past five
years follows (dollars in thousands):
Balance | Percent | Balance | Percent | Balance | Percent | Balance | Percent | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
at | of loans in | at | of loans in | at | of loans in | at | of loans in | Balance | of loans in | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12/31/2010 Attributable |
each category to |
12/31/2009 Attributable |
each category to |
12/31/2008 Attributable |
each category to |
12/31/2007 Attributable |
each category to |
at 12/31/2006 |
each category to |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
to: | total loans: | to: | total loans: | to: | total loans | to: | total loans | Attributable to: | total loans | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential
Mortgages* |
$ | 548 | 13.5 | % | $ | 559 | 14.2 | % | $ | 238 | 13.9 | % | $ | 237 | 17.4 | % | $ | 129 | 16.9 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
Mortgages* |
4,252 | 55.6 | % | 3,324 | 53.5 | % | 1,646 | 48.0 | % | 1,379 | 43.5 | % | 1,425 | 46.1 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home
Equities |
540 | 10.1 | % | 495 | 10.2 | % | 256 | 9.7 | % | 216 | 11.1 | % | 138 | 11.9 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
Loans |
3,435 | 17.3 | % | 2,387 | 14.9 | % | 1,289 | 13.4 | % | 1,276 | 13.1 | % | 889 | 12.7 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer
Loans |
29 | 0.6 | % | 57 | 0.8 | % | 60 | 0.6 | % | 72 | 1.0 | % | 95 | 1.4 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Direct
financing
leases |
1,471 | 2.9 | % | | 6.4 | % | 2,449 | 14.4 | % | 1,215 | 13.9 | % | 905 | 11.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unallocated |
149 | | % | 149 | | % | 149 | | % | 160 | | % | 158 | | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 10,424 | 100.0 | % | $ | 6,971 | 100.0 | % | $ | 6,087 | 100.0 | % | $ | 4,555 | 100.0 | % | $ | 3,739 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
* | includes construction loans |
Much of the economic turmoil in the national economy began with the sub-prime mortgage credit
crisis. As the Company does not engage in sub-prime lending, the faltering sub-prime credit market
has not directly affected the Companys loan and lease portfolio. However, the recessionary
economy has impacted the Companys commercial real estate, commercial loan, and in particular, its
national leasing portfolio as the Companys customers struggle to deal with the difficult economic
conditions. Management is closely monitoring the Companys loan and lease portfolio for potential
losses and heightened risk factors related to our customers. The increase in the allowance for loan
and lease losses in 2010 reflects managements assessment of the risk inherent in the portfolio
composition as well as the economic conditions. The United States was in recession throughout 2008
and 2009 while 2010 experienced slow economic growth.
Net charge-offs decreased from $9.6 million in 2009 to $0.5 million in 2010. The ratio of net
charge-offs to average net loans and leases outstanding decreased from 2.19% to 0.10%. The decline
is entirely attributable to net leasing charge-offs declining from $9.3 million in 2009 to $0 in
2010. (There were still individual leases written off in 2010. The following paragraph and table
explain why there were $0 in leasing charge-offs through the allowance for lease losses while
individual leases were still being written off in 2010.)
The troubled economy resulted in a significant increase in net charge-offs in the direct financing
lease portfolio during 2009. The $9.3 million in net leasing charge-offs included a mark-to-market
adjustment of $7.2 million on the total portfolio after the Company initially announced its
intention to sell the portfolio during the second quarter of 2009. The fair value calculation was
based on competitive bids. Subsequent to that initial announcement, the Company decided to keep
and service the remaining leasing portfolio until maturity rather than sell the portfolio at a
distressed value in a difficult market. Under GAAP, the Company did not reverse the mark-to-market
adjustment made at June 30, 2009, even though it no longer intended to sell the portfolio. The
adjustment initially represented the difference between the leasing portfolios principal value and
fair value. Although leases are not valued at fair value any longer as the Company no longer
intends to sell the portfolio, there remains a difference between the principal value and carrying
value. As leases are deemed uncollectible, the principal value is written down and the difference
between the principal value and the carrying value becomes smaller. The following table illustrates
the charge-off activity in the leasing portfolio along with some relevant credit quality data:
37
Table of Contents
As of December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Direct financing lease principal balance |
$ | 16,968 | $ | 35,645 | ||||
Mark-to-market adjustment |
(1,493 | ) | (4,159 | ) | ||||
Direct financing lease carrying balance |
$ | 15,475 | $ | 31,486 | ||||
For the year ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Beginning balance of mark |
$ | 4,159 | $ | 0 | ||||
Mark-to-market adjustment |
| $ | 7,164 | |||||
Net write-offs |
(2,666 | ) | (3,005 | ) | ||||
Remaining mark |
$ | 1,493 | $ | 4,159 | ||||
Allowance for lease losses, beginning balance |
$ | 0 | $ | 2,450 | ||||
Provision for leases |
1,471 | 6,822 | ||||||
Leasing net charge-offs |
| (9,272 | ) | |||||
Allowance for lease losses, ending balance |
$ | 1,471 | $ | 0 | ||||
Total mark plus allowance |
$ | 2,964 | $ | 4,159 | ||||
Mark plus allowance / leasing principal balance |
17.47 | % | 11.67 | % | ||||
Non-accruing leases |
$ | 2,930 | $ | 2,905 | ||||
Non-accruing leases / leasing principal balance |
17.27 | % | 8.15 | % |
Overall, the ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loan and leases increased
year over year from 1.42% at December 31, 2009 to 1.97% at December 31, 2010. The ratio of
non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases stayed flat at 2.64% from December 31,
2009 to December 31, 2010. Therefore, the coverage ratio of the allowance for loan and lease
losses to non-performing loans and leases increased from 54% to 75%. There are two other factors
that significantly influence these ratios.
The first factor is the acquisition of Waterfords loan portfolio. At December 31, 2010, the
Company had $34.2 million in loans from the acquisition that are covered under the loss share
agreement with the FDIC. Under the agreement, the Company is eligible to be reimbursed for 80% of
the losses on the acquired loans original carrying value. At the time of acquisition, the Company
wrote down any impaired loans. The $2.0 million in impaired loans and $0.2 million in other real
estate were written down by $1.4 million, to a net carrying value of $0.8 million. These loans
were immediately put on non-accruing status. These loans currently have a carrying value of $0.4
million. An additional $1.3 million in loans acquired from Waterford have been placed in
non-accruing status subsequent to the acquisition date. An additional loan for $0.8 million is 90
days past due and still accruing interest and is considered non-performing. It is not in
non-accruing status because it is considered well-secured and in the process of collection. At the
acquisition date, management estimated that $0.4 million of contractual cash flows on all
non-impaired loans acquired would not be collected and recorded a corresponding mark to the
acquired loan portfolio. Because the entire loan portfolio acquired from Waterford was marked to
its market value at acquisition date, a provision for loan losses is only recorded to account for
subsequent deterioration in the portfolio or when new economic or other market risks become evident
post-acquisition. Because of the mark-to-market adjustments at acquisition and the 80% guarantee
provided by the FDIC, the amount of allowance for loan losses on this $34.2 million loan portfolio
is only $0.1 million, or 0.35% of the acquired loan portfolio.
The second factor is the direct financing lease portfolio. Due to the significant credit issues in
this portfolio, the leasing portfolio carries a higher allowance ratio than the rest of the
portfolio. The coverage ratio of 50.2% is lower than the legacy loan portfolio. However, this
lower ratio is mitigated by the remaining mark on the portfolio as discussed and shown in the
previous table. The following table depicts the allowance and non-performing ratios by segregating
the legacy loan portfolio, the purchased loan portfolio that is partially guaranteed by the FDIC
and the leasing portfolio as of December 31, 2010:
38
Table of Contents
Allowance for loan | Allowance for loan | |||||||||||||||||||||||
and lease | Non-performing | and lease | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loans | Non-performing loan | losses/Total loans | loans/Total loans | losses/Non-performing | ||||||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) | Balance | and leases | and lease losses | and leases | and leases | loans | ||||||||||||||||||
Legacy portfolio |
$ | 478,346 | $ | 8,834 | $ | 8,515 | 1.85 | % | 1.78 | % | 103.75 | % | ||||||||||||
Acquired loans |
34,157 | 119 | 2,482 | 0.35 | % | 7.27 | % | 4.80 | % | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
15,475 | 1,471 | 2,930 | 9.51 | % | 18.93 | % | 50.20 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 527,978 | $ | 10,424 | $ | 13,927 | 1.97 | % | 2.64 | % | 74.85 | % | ||||||||||||
The Company maintains a robust loan review process to ensure that specific credits are
appropriately reserved. In particular, management continues to monitor the leasing portfolio
closely in a more challenging economic environment. Also, management is cognizant that commercial
real estate values may be susceptible to decline in an adverse economy. Management believes that
the allowance for loan and lease losses is reflective of a fair assessment of the current
environment and credit quality trends.
Non-Interest Income
Total non-interest income in 2010 decreased $1.4 million, or 10.2% from 2009 to 2010. Excluding
the one-time gain on the bargain purchase of Waterford of $0.7 million, the decrease was 5.7%.
There were several factors driving the decrease. The first factor is the decrease in insurance
service and fee revenue of $0.2 million, or 2.8%, to $7.0 million. TEAs revenue is the largest
component of non-interest income at 55.3% of total non-interest income. TEA remains a source of
diversification in the earnings of the Company and helps generate income not directly impacted by
difficult credit or interest rate environments. However, during 2010, TEA revenue growth continued
to remain stagnant due to the soft insurance market. Second, bank service charges declined $0.4
million, or 16.1%, from prior year, to $1.9 million. This is attributable to decreases in overdraft
fees as a result of new regulations that became effective in July 2010. The third primary reason
for the decrease in non-interest income is the decrease in BOLI income of $0.1 million, to $0.5
million in 2010. That decrease was a result of a gain on life insurance proceeds of $0.1 million
in 2009.
Non-Interest Expense
Total non-interest expenses were flat at $26.1 million in 2010. However, when excluding the
one-time goodwill impairment charge related to the Companys leasing reporting unit in 2009,
non-interest expenses increased $2.0 million or 8.4% in 2010 over 2009. The largest increase in
non-interest expense was in salaries and employee benefits, which increased $2.1 million, or 16.2%,
in comparison to 2009. Incentive compensation was $0.8 million in 2010. In 2009, there was no
accrual for bonuses due to the Companys poor performance. Most of the rest of the increase stems
from merit increases and other added positions, including $0.1 million from a full year of staffing
the former Waterford branch. In 2010, the Company made significant investments in
revenue-generating positions such as commercial loan officers, residential mortgage loan officers,
cash manager and financial services representatives along with the corresponding support staff such
as credit analysts.
FDIC insurance premiums remained high at $1.0 million in 2010 compared to $0.9 million in 2009. In
the past two years, insurance premiums charged by the FDIC have increased significantly from
previous levels in an attempt to replenish the depleted insurance fund after the wave of bank
failures in the past two years. The change in calculation of the assessment base stipulated by the
Dodd-Frank Act is expected to benefit the Company and result in lower deposit insurance premiums in
the second half of 2011.
Occupancy expense increased approximately $0.2 million or 6.3% from 2009 to 2010, primarily due to
the purchase of the former Waterford branch in March 2010. These costs also can be related to
higher property taxes, depreciation, and maintenance.
The efficiency ratio expresses the relationship of operating expenses to revenues. The Companys
efficiency ratio, or non-interest operating expenses (exclusive of non-cash goodwill impairment and
intangible amortization) divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income
(exclusive of gains and losses from investment securities), was 67.9% in 2010, an increase from
2009s ratio of 63.2% as a result of the Companys declining net interest margin, declining fee
income, and investments in additional employees and infrastructure.
39
Table of Contents
Taxes
The provision for income taxes in 2010 was an expense of $2.2 million on pre-tax income of $7.1
million for an effective rate of 31.6%. The income tax benefit in 2009 was $0.6 million on pre-tax
income of $0.1 million. The Company had a tax benefit in 2009 even though it had positive pre-tax
income because its taxable income was negative. The calculation of taxable income excludes
non-taxable items such as municipal bond interest income and BOLI income.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009 AND DECEMBER 31, 2008
Net Income
Net income of $0.7 million in 2009 consisted of losses of ($0.3) million related to the Companys
banking activities and $1.0 million in net income related to the Companys insurance agency
activities. The total net income of $0.7 million or $0.25 per basic and diluted share in 2009
compared with $4.9 million or $1.78 per basic and diluted share for 2008.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income, before the provision for loan and lease losses, increased by $3.3 million, or
17.3%, to $22.6 million in 2009 from $19.3 million in 2008. The increase in 2009 attributable to
volume was $5.0 million, while the amount attributable to rates was a negative ($1.7) million. The
increase in the volume of loans and leases and investment securities and the lower rates paid on
interest-bearing liabilities was partially offset by lower rates earned on interest-earning assets,
particularly loans and leases. Total loan and lease growth continued to be driven by commercial
loan and lease growth, which increased by 27.6%, from a $263.7 million average balance in 2008 to a
$336.5 million average balance in 2009. Consumer loans increased 11.7% from $97.6 million average
balance in 2008 to $109.0 million in 2009. Investment securities volume positively impacted net
interest income by $0.5 million as the investment portfolio grew to support the Companys strong
deposit growth, particularly in its money market savings deposits, muni-vest savings deposits, and
demand deposits.
Non-Interest Income
Total non-interest income in 2009 increased approximately $2.4 million, or 20.5%, from 2008. There
were several factors that drove the increase. First is the $0.8 million in revenue generated by
SDS, a data processing company acquired by the Company on December 31, 2008. Second, the Company
recognized a $0.7 million gain on the bargain purchase of Waterford from the FDIC in July 2009.
Third, BOLI income increased $0.4 million to $0.6 million in 2009. That increase was a result of a
gain on life insurance proceeds of $0.1 million and the losses experienced from two variable BOLI
policies in 2008 that were sold. The fourth reason for the increase in non-interest income is an
increase in insurance service and fee revenue of $0.3 million. Insurance service and fee revenue
grew 4.7% to $7.2 million. TEAs revenue is the largest component of non-interest income at 51.1%
of total non-interest income. TEA benefited from increased profit-sharing revenue as well as an
increase in claims fee income at FCS. TEA remains a source of diversification in the earnings of
the Company and helps generate income not directly impacted by difficult credit or interest rate
environments.
Non-Interest Expense
Total non-interest expense in 2009 increased $5.6 million, or 27.5%, from 2008. The largest
increases in non-interest expense were from salaries and employee benefits, which increased $1.5
million, or 13.7%, in comparison to 2008. Several factors drove that increase, including employees
added in the SDS acquisition ($0.7 million), the branch in Clarence, NY acquired from Waterford
($0.2 million), increased pension expense after the significant decline in the plan assets in 2008
($0.2 million), a full year of the new branch in Buffalo, NY ($0.1 million), and merit increases
and other added positions ($0.3 million).
FDIC insurance premiums increased exponentially from $153 thousand in 2008 to $941 thousand in
2009. The increase included a special assessment of $250 thousand levied by the FDIC on all
insured depository institutions, but the rest of the increase is due to higher insurance premiums
charged by the FDIC.
Occupancy expense increased approximately $0.2 million or 8.8% from 2008 to 2009, primarily due to
costs related to SDS, a full year of the new branch office in Buffalo, NY, the new branch in
Clarence, NY, and additional investments in signage on existing branches with the Companys new
brand.
Professional services expense increased $0.4 million, or 37.5%, in 2009 over 2008, mainly due to
increased accounting fees ($0.2 million) and legal fees ($0.1 million). Professional accounting
fees increased as a result of higher audit and
40
Table of Contents
tax fees. The Company had several complex items
requiring additional audit and tax work including the credit troubles
at ENL and the purchase of Waterford. Those same events, including the marketing and attempted
sale of the leasing portfolio, also drove up legal expenses for the Company.
In the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $2.0 million goodwill impairment charge
related to the deterioration in the national leasing portfolio and managements strategic decision
to exit the national leasing business. Amortization of intangible assets increased from $0.7
million in 2008 to $0.9 million in 2009 due to the additional intangible amortization associated
with the SDS acquisition ($0.4 million), partially offset by the amortization being completed for
previous insurance agency acquisitions.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
The Company had total assets of $671.5 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $52.1 million
or 8.4% from $619.4 million at December 31, 2009. Net loans of $517.6 million increased 7.3% or
$35.0 million over 2009. Securities increased $14.3 million or 18.1% over 2009. Deposits
increased by $45.0 million or 9.0%. Stockholders equity increased $17.1 million or 37.2% from
2009.
Securities Activities
The primary objectives of the Banks securities portfolio are to provide liquidity and maximize
income while preserving safety of principal. Secondary objectives include: providing collateral to
secure local municipal deposits, the investment of funds during periods of decreased loan demand,
interest rate sensitivity considerations, supporting local communities through the purchase of
tax-exempt securities and tax planning considerations. The Banks Board of Directors is
responsible for establishing overall policy and reviewing performance of the Banks investments.
Under the Banks policy, acceptable portfolio investments include: United States (U.S.)
Government obligations, obligations of federal agencies or U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises,
mortgage backed securities, municipal obligations (general obligations, revenue obligations, school
districts and non-rated issues from the Banks general market area), bankers acceptances,
certificates of deposit, Industrial Development Authority Bonds, Public Housing Authority Bonds,
corporate bonds (each corporation limited to the Banks legal lending limit), collateralized
mortgage obligations, Small Business Investment Companies (SBIC), Federal Reserve stock and Federal
Home Loan Bank stock.
The Banks general investment policy is that in-state securities must be rated at least Moodys Baa
(or equivalent) at the time of purchase. Out-of-state issues must be rated by Moodys at least Aa
(or equivalent) at the time of purchase. Bonds or securities rated below A are reviewed
periodically to ensure their continued credit worthiness. While purchase of non-rated municipal
securities is permitted, such purchases are limited to bonds issued by municipalities in the Banks
general market area which, in the Banks judgment, possess no greater credit risk than Baa (or
equivalent) bonds. The financial statements of the issuers of non-rated securities are reviewed by
the Bank and a credit file of the issuers is kept on each non-rated municipal security with
relevant financial information. The securities portfolio of the Bank is priced on a monthly basis.
Although concerns have been raised in the marketplace recently about the health of municipal bonds,
the Company has not experienced any credit troubles in this portfolio and does not believe any
credit troubles are imminent. Aside from the non-rated municipal securities to local
municipalities discussed above that are considered held-to-maturity, all of the Companys
available-for-sale municipal bonds are investment-grade government obligation (G.O.) bonds. G.O.
bonds are considered safer than revenue bonds because they are backed by the full faith and
credit of the government while revenue bonds rely on the revenue produced by a particular project. All
of the Companys municipal bonds are to municipalities in NY. There has never been a default of a
NY G.O. in the history of the state. Historical performance does not guarantee future performance,
but it does indicate that the risk of loss on default of a G.O. municipal bond for the Company is
relatively low.
Pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 320, Investments Debt and Equity
Securities, which establishes accounting treatment for investments in securities, all securities
in the Banks investment portfolio are either designated as held to maturity or available for
sale.
Securities and federal funds sold made up 16.0% of the Banks total average interest-earning assets
in 2010 compared with 15.7% in 2009. These assets provide the Bank with additional sources of
liquidity and income and act as collateral for the Banks municipal deposits. The Banks
securities portfolio outstanding balances increased 18.1% in 2010. The majority of this increase
was due to investing the $13.4 million of funds raised with the public offering in May of 2010. The
Bank continues to have a large concentration in tax-advantaged municipal bonds, which make up 41.2%
of the portfolio at December 31, 2010 versus 51.7% at December 31, 2009 and government-sponsored
mortgage-backed
41
Table of Contents
securities, which comprise 29.4% of the total at December 31, 2010 versus 27.4% at
December 31, 2009. U.S. government-sponsored agency bonds of various types make up 25.3% of the
portfolio at December 31, 2010 versus
16.4% at December 31, 2009. As a member of both the Federal Reserve System and the FHLB, the
Bank is required to hold stock in those entities. These investments made up 4.1% of the portfolio
at December 31, 2010 compared with 4.5% of the portfolio at December 31, 2009.
All fixed and adjustable rate mortgage pools contain a certain amount of risk related to the
uncertainty of prepayments of the underlying mortgages. Interest rate changes have a direct impact
on prepayment rates. The Company uses a third-party developed computer simulation model to monitor
the average life and yield volatility of mortgage pools under various interest rate assumptions.
Interest-bearing deposits at banks are largely maintained for liquidity purposes. The average
balance maintained in interest-bearing deposits at banks increased in 2010 to 0.8% of total average
earning assets from 0.2% in 2009.
The Company designates all securities at the time of purchase as either held to maturity or
available for sale. Securities designated as held to maturity are stated on the Companys
Consolidated Balance Sheets included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K at amortized
cost. Those designated as available for sale are reported at fair market value. At December 31,
2010, $2.1 million in securities were designated as held to maturity. These bonds are primarily
municipal investments that the Bank has made in its local market area.
The available for sale portfolio totaled $91.2 million or approximately 97.7% of the Banks
securities portfolio at December 31, 2010. Net unrealized gains and losses on available for sale
securities resulted in a net unrealized gain of $1.3 million at December 31, 2010, as compared with
a net unrealized gain of $1.6 million at December 31, 2009. Unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale securities are reported, net of taxes, as a separate component of stockholders
equity. At December 31, 2010, the impact on stockholders equity was a net unrealized gain, net of
taxes, of approximately $0.8 million.
Certain securities available for sale were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010.
Management has assessed those securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position at
December 31, 2010 and determined the decline in fair value below amortized cost to be temporary.
In making this determination, management considered the period of time the securities were in a
loss position, the percentage decline in comparison to the securities amortized cost, the financial
condition of the issuer (primarily government or government-sponsored enterprises) and the
Companys ability and intent to hold these securities until their fair value recovers to their
amortized cost. Management believes the decline in fair value is primarily related to market
interest rate fluctuations and not to the credit deterioration of the individual issuer.
Income from securities held in the Banks investment portfolio represented approximately 10.5% of
total interest income of the Company in 2010 as compared with 10.7% in 2009 and 9.6% in 2008. At
December 31, 2010, the Banks securities portfolio of $93.3 million consisted primarily of state
and municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage
Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp (FHLMC), and U.S. and federal agency
obligations. The increase in the securities portfolio income from 2008 to 2009 was a result of
assets purchased with the strong deposit growth in 2009, particularly in the muni-vest savings
deposits. The Companys core municipal customers retained higher balances at the Bank instead of
bidding out longer-term time deposits. The relatively flat change in investment interest income
from 2009 to 2010 was largely due to the lower interest rate environment prevalent in most of 2010.
The roll-off of securities from maturities and calls in 2010 was replaced with securities at lower
yields. The lower yields on the securities purchased for replacement of maturities and calls and
the lower yields on securities purchased with the funds raised with the May 2010 public offering
offset the overall average balance increase in the securities portfolio.
Available for sale securities with a total fair value of $65.6 million at December 31, 2010 were
pledged as collateral to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by
law.
42
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Banks securities with those designated as available for
sale valued at fair value and securities designated as held to maturity valued at amortized cost as
of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Available for Sale: |
||||||||||||
Debt securities |
||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 23,644 | $ | 19,712 | $ | 17,902 | ||||||
States and political subdivisions |
36,297 | 37,730 | 35,436 | |||||||||
Total debt securities |
$ | 59,941 | $ | 57,442 | $ | 53,338 | ||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
||||||||||||
FNMA |
$ | 10,462 | $ | 9,608 | $ | 8,165 | ||||||
FHLMC |
9,567 | 3,870 | 7,587 | |||||||||
GNMA |
4,801 | 378 | | |||||||||
CMOs |
2,651 | 981 | 1,149 | |||||||||
Total mortgage-backed securities |
$ | 27,481 | $ | 14,837 | $ | 16,901 | ||||||
FRB stock |
1,408 | 912 | 894 | |||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock |
2,362 | 2,663 | 2,671 | |||||||||
Total securities designated as available for sale |
$ | 91,192 | $ | 75,854 | $ | 73,804 | ||||||
Held to Maturity: |
||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | | $ | 35 | $ | 35 | ||||||
States and political subdivisions |
2,140 | 3,098 | 1,916 | |||||||||
Total securities designated as held to maturity |
$ | 2,140 | $ | 3,133 | $ | 1,951 | ||||||
Total securities |
$ | 93,332 | $ | 78,987 | $ | 75,755 | ||||||
The following table sets forth the contractual maturities and weighted average interest yields of
the Banks securities portfolio (yields on tax-exempt obligations are not presented on a
tax-equivalent basis) as of December 31, 2010. Expected maturities will differ from contracted
maturities since issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations without penalties.
Maturing | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Within | After One But Within Five | After Five But Within Ten | After | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One Year | Years | Years | Ten Years | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for Sale: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt Securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | | | $ | 5,184 | 2.88 | % | $ | 7,254 | 4.12 | % | $ | 11,206 | 5.06 | % | |||||||||||||||||
States and political
subdivisions |
2,800 | 4.04 | % | 14,566 | 4.27 | % | 14,295 | 4.25 | % | 4,636 | 4.40 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total debt securities |
$ | 2,800 | 4.04 | % | $ | 19,750 | 3.91 | % | $ | 21,549 | 4.21 | % | $ | 15,842 | 4.87 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed Securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FNMA |
$ | | | $ | 292 | 5.02 | % | $ | 2,565 | 5.01 | % | $ | 7,605 | 4.44 | % | |||||||||||||||||
FHLMC |
| | 125 | 4.50 | % | 1,050 | 5.02 | % | 8,392 | 4.05 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
GNMA |
| | | | | 4,802 | 4.05 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
CMOs |
| | | | 40 | 4.25 | % | 2,611 | 3.15 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total mortgage-backed
securities |
$ | | | $ | 417 | 4.87 | % | $ | 3,655 | 5.00 | % | $ | 23,410 | 4.08 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Total available for sale |
$ | 2,800 | 4.04 | % | $ | 20,167 | 3.93 | % | $ | 25,204 | 4.32 | % | $ | 39,252 | 4.32 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Held to Maturity: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
States and political
subdivisions |
766 | 1.95 | % | 459 | 3.26 | % | 285 | 4.71 | % | 630 | 3.71 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total held to maturity |
$ | 766 | 1.95 | % | $ | 459 | 3.26 | % | $ | 285 | 4.71 | % | $ | 630 | 3.71 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total securities |
$ | 3,566 | 3.59 | % | $ | 20,626 | 3.91 | % | $ | 25,489 | 4.33 | % | $ | 39,882 | 4.39 | % | ||||||||||||||||
43
Table of Contents
LENDING AND LEASING ACTIVITIES
The Bank has a loan and lease policy, which includes a loan and lease loss allowance policy, which
is approved by its Board of Directors on an annual basis. The loan and lease policy governs the
conditions under which loans and leases may be made, addresses the lending authority of Bank
officers, documentation, appraisal policy, charge-off policies and desired portfolio mix. The
Banks lending limit to any one borrower is subject to regulation by the OCC. The Bank continually
monitors its loan portfolio to review compliance with new and existing regulations.
The Bank offers a variety of loan products to its customers, including residential and commercial
real estate mortgage loans, commercial loans, and installment loans. The Bank primarily extends
loans to customers located within the Western New York area. Until it announced that it was
exiting the direct financing leasing business in April 2009, ENL originated direct financing leases
in all 48 contiguous states. Interest income on loans and leases represented approximately 89.5%
of the total interest income of the Company in 2010 and approximately 89.3% and 90.4% of total
interest income in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Banks loan and lease portfolio, net of the
allowances for loan and lease losses, totaled $517.6 million and $482.6 million at December 31,
2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The net loan portfolio represented approximately 77.1%
and 77.9% of the Companys total assets at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
During the third quarter of 2009, the Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption
agreement (the Agreement) with the FDIC to purchase a failed community bank located in Clarence,
NY called Waterford Village Bank. Included in the purchase was a loan portfolio of $42.0 million.
Included in that purchased portfolio were $2.0 million in credit-impaired loans, which were written
down by $1.2 million at the time of acquisition for a net carrying amount at acquisition of $0.8
million. The balance of the total loan portfolio acquired from Waterford was $34.2 million and
$39.0 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The balance in the purchased
credit-impaired portfolio was $0.3 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively.
All purchased credit-impaired loans are on non-accrual and do not have any accretable yield
associated with them. All of the purchased loans and foreclosed real estate purchased by the Bank
under the Agreement are covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and the Bank which is
included in the Agreement. Under this loss sharing agreement, the FDIC has agreed to bear 80% of
loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $5.6 million and 95% of losses that exceed $5.6
million. Reimbursable losses are based on the book value of the relevant loans and foreclosed
assets as determined by the FDIC as of the date of the acquisition. The indemnification asset,
which represents the expected proceeds from FDIC loss share claims related to former Waterford
loans which are charged off, was $0.9 million at December 31, 2010, compared with $1.4 million at
December 31, 2009. The asset declines as losses are reimbursed by the FDIC or losses are not
incurred as initially recorded.
The following table summarizes the major classifications of the Banks loans and leases as of the
dates indicated:
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
$ | 69,958 | $ | 67,330 | $ | 55,450 | $ | 55,933 | $ | 47,055 | ||||||||||
Commercial and multi-family |
261,371 | 243,415 | 181,369 | 134,933 | 126,499 | |||||||||||||||
Construction-residential |
1,320 | 2,086 | 1,280 | 596 | 1,821 | |||||||||||||||
Construction-commercial |
32,332 | 18,156 | 14,017 | 5,902 | 6,701 | |||||||||||||||
Home equities |
53,120 | 50,049 | 39,348 | 36,035 | 34,453 | |||||||||||||||
Total real estate loans |
418,101 | 381,036 | 291,464 | 233,399 | 216,529 | |||||||||||||||
Direct financing leases |
15,475 | 31,486 | 58,639 | 45,078 | 31,742 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial loans |
91,445 | 73,145 | 54,838 | 42,441 | 36,758 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer loans |
2,458 | 2,883 | 1,609 | 1,858 | 2,621 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
252 | 493 | 365 | 454 | 802 | |||||||||||||||
Net deferred loan and lease
origination costs |
247 | 525 | 798 | 881 | 654 | |||||||||||||||
527,978 | 489,568 | 407,713 | 324,111 | 289,106 | ||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan and lease losses |
(10,424 | ) | (6,971 | ) | (6,087 | ) | (4,555 | ) | (3,739 | ) | ||||||||||
Loans and leases, net |
$ | 517,554 | $ | 482,597 | $ | 401,626 | $ | 319,556 | $ | 285,367 | ||||||||||
44
Table of Contents
Real Estate Loans
Approximately 79.2% of the Banks total loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2010 consisted of
real estate loans or loans collateralized by mortgages on real estate, including residential
mortgages, commercial mortgages and other types of real estate loans. The Banks real estate loan
portfolio was $418.1 million at December 31, 2010, compared with $381.0 million at December 31,
2009. The real estate loan portfolio increased by approximately 9.7% in 2010 over 2009 compared
with an increase of 30.7% in 2009 over 2008.
The Bank offers fixed rate residential mortgage loans with terms of 10 to 30 years with, typically,
up to an 80% loan-to-value (LTV) ratio. Any loans with a greater than 80% LTV have private
mortgage insurance. Fixed rate residential mortgage loans outstanding totaled $58.3 million at
December 31, 2010, which was approximately 11.0% of total loans and leases outstanding, compared
with $53.9 million and 11.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2009. The Bank has a contractual
arrangement with FNMA, pursuant to which the Bank sells certain mortgage loans to FNMA and the Bank
retains the servicing rights to those loans. This balance did not include any construction
residential mortgage loans, which are discussed below. The Bank determines with each origination
of residential real estate loans which desired maturities, within the context of overall maturities
in the loan portfolio, provide the appropriate mix to optimize the Banks ability to absorb the
corresponding interest rate risk within the Companys tolerance ranges.
In 2010, the Bank sold $13.1 million in mortgages to FNMA under this arrangement, compared with
$16.2 million in mortgages sold in 2009. The decline in mortgage sales is attributable to the 5.6%
decrease in mortgage originations in 2010. Historically low interest rates resulted in the Bank
selling 46.1% of new loans in an effort to mitigate the interest rate risk of holding long-term
fixed rate loans in portfolio. Originations decreased from $30.1 million in 2009 to $28.4 million
in 2010. Although originations declined year over year, the activity was at a high level,
historically speaking. Historically low interest rates and federal homebuyer tax credits fueled a
high level of consumer demand in 2010. Much of the activity at the Bank and in the market in
general was refinancing activity, in which customers replace their mortgage loans with a loan with
a lower interest rate. The refinancing activity led to low balance growth.
The Bank currently retains the servicing rights on $44.2 million in mortgages sold to FNMA. The
Company has recorded a net servicing asset for such loans of $0.4 million and $0.3 million at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The Bank offers adjustable rate residential mortgage loans with terms of up to 30 years. Rates on
these mortgage loans remain fixed for a predetermined time and are adjusted annually thereafter.
At December 31, 2010, the Banks outstanding adjustable rate residential mortgage loans were $11.7
million or 2.2% of total loans and leases outstanding as compared with $13.2 million or 2.7% of
total loans and leases at December 31, 2009.
Overall, residential real estate loans increased $2.6 million, or 3.9%, from $67.3 million at
December 31, 2009 to $70.0 million at December 31, 2010.
The Bank also offers commercial mortgage loans with up to an 80% LTV ratio for up to 20 years on a
variable and fixed rate basis. Many of these mortgage loans either mature or are subject to a rate
call after three to five years. The Banks outstanding commercial mortgage loans were $261.4
million at December 31, 2010, which was 49.5% of total loans and leases outstanding, compared with
$243.4 million and 49.7%, respectively, at December 31, 2009. The growth is attributable to the
Banks loan officers continuing to capitalize on opportunities available in the market. The Bank
has increased its number of commercial lenders in the past 2 years and believes that the strong
relationships with customers in the local community that have been fostered over the years with
these lenders have resulted in significant loan production in 2010 and 2009. The balance at
December 31, 2010 included $68.4 million in fixed rate and $193.0 million in variable rate
commercial mortgage loans, which include interest rate calls.
The Bank also offers other types of loans collateralized by real estate such as home equity loans.
The Bank offers home equity loans at variable and fixed interest rates with terms of up to 15 years
and up to an 80% LTV ratio. At December 31, 2010, the real estate loan portfolio included $53.1
million of home equity loans outstanding, which represented 10.1% of total loans and leases
outstanding, compared with $50.0 million and 10.2% at December 31, 2009, respectively. The growth
is attributable to strong consumer demand for historically low-rate variable-rate home equity
loans. The total home equity portfolio included $41.0 million in variable rate loans and $12.1
million in fixed rate loans.
The Bank also offers both residential and commercial real estate construction loans at up to an 80%
LTV ratio at fixed interest or adjustable interest rates and multiple maturities. At December 31,
2010, fixed rate real estate construction loans outstanding totaled $1.4 million or 0.3% of total
loans and leases outstanding, and adjustable rate construction loans outstanding totaled $32.2
million or 6.1% of total loans and leases outstanding. At December 31, 2009, fixed rate
45
Table of Contents
real
estate construction loans outstanding totaled $5.1 million, or 1.0% of total loans and leases
outstanding, and adjustable rate construction loans outstanding totaled $15.1 million, or 3.1% of
total loans and leases outstanding.
Direct Financing Leases
Direct financing leases totaled $15.5 million and $31.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively, representing 2.9% and 6.4% of the Banks total loans and leases outstanding at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decline reflects managements decision to exit the
leasing business and to manage the remaining portfolio through its estimated maturity in 2014.
Commercial Loans
The Bank offers commercial loans on a secured and unsecured basis, including lines of credit and
term loans at fixed and variable interest rates and multiple maturities. The Banks commercial
loan portfolio totaled $91.4 million and $73.4 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The growth is attributable to good results achieved through the Banks community-focused and
relationship-based lending approach in the local market. Commercial loans represented 17.3% and
14.9% of the Banks total loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Collateral for commercial loans, where applicable, may consist of inventory, receivables, equipment
and other business assets. At December 31, 2010, 64.7% of the Banks commercial loans were at
variable rates which are tied to the prime rate.
Consumer Loans
The Banks consumer installment loan portfolio totaled $2.5 million and $3.0 million at December
31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, representing 0.5% and 0.6% of the Banks total loans and leases
outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Traditional installment loans are offered
at fixed interest rates with various maturities of up to 60 months, on a secured and unsecured
basis.
Other Loans
Other loans totaled $0.3 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009,
respectively. Other loans consisted primarily of overdrafts and loan clearing accounts.
Loan Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates
The following table shows the maturities of commercial loans and real estate construction loans
outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and the classification of such loans due after one year
according to sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
Within | After One But | |||||||||||||||||
One Year | Within Five Years | After Five Years | Total | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
$ | 6,945 | $ | 38,533 | $ | 45,967 | $ | 91,445 | ||||||||||
Real estate construction |
25,238 | 8,414 | | 33,652 | ||||||||||||||
$ | 32,183 | $ | 46,947 | $ | 45,967 | $ | 125,097 | |||||||||||
Loans maturing after one year with: |
||||||||||||||||||
Fixed Rates |
$ | 22,348 | $ | 8,377 | ||||||||||||||
Variable Rates |
24,599 | 37,590 | ||||||||||||||||
$ | 46,947 | $ | 45,967 | |||||||||||||||
SOURCES OF FUNDS DEPOSITS
General
Customer deposits represent the primary source of the Banks funds for lending and other investment
purposes. In addition to deposits, other sources of funds include loan and lease repayments, loan
sales on the secondary market,
46
Table of Contents
interest and dividend income from investments, matured investments,
and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and from correspondent banks First
Tennessee Bank and M&T Bank.
Deposits
The Bank offers a variety of deposit products, including checking, savings, NOW accounts,
certificates of deposit and jumbo certificates of deposit. Bank deposits are insured up to the
limits provided by the FDIC. The following table details the Banks deposits as of the dates
indicated:
December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Demand deposits |
$ | 98,016 | $ | 87,855 | $ | 75,959 | ||||||
NOW accounts |
32,683 | 15,619 | 10,775 | |||||||||
Regular savings |
249,410 | 229,609 | 154,283 | |||||||||
Muni-vest savings |
22,000 | 23,418 | 26,477 | |||||||||
Time deposits, $100,000 and over |
57,302 | 59,301 | 56,672 | |||||||||
Other time deposits |
85,046 | 83,706 | 79,787 | |||||||||
Total |
$ | 544,457 | $ | 499,508 | $ | 403,953 | ||||||
The following table shows daily average deposits and average rates paid on significant deposit
categories by the Bank (dollars in thousands):
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted Average | Weighted Average | Weighted Average | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Balance | Rate | Average Balance | Rate | Average Balance | Rate | |||||||||||||||||||
Demand deposits |
$ | 92,072 | 0.00 | % | $ | 85,181 | 0.00 | % | $ | 75,551 | 0.00 | % | ||||||||||||
NOW accounts |
24,981 | 1.00 | % | 11,514 | 0.36 | % | 11,793 | 0.68 | % | |||||||||||||||
Regular Savings |
237,939 | 0.69 | % | 197,178 | 1.13 | % | 113,266 | 1.59 | % | |||||||||||||||
Muni-vest savings |
30,005 | 0.48 | % | 33,266 | 0.63 | % | 23,459 | 2.11 | % | |||||||||||||||
Time deposits |
142,360 | 2.54 | % | 142,893 | 3.06 | % | 144,040 | 3.97 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 527,357 | 1.07 | % | $ | 470,032 | 1.46 | % | $ | 368,109 | 2.20 | % | ||||||||||||
The following schedule sets forth the maturities of the Banks time deposits as of December 31,
2010:
Time Deposit Maturity Schedule | ||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
0-3 | 3-6 | 6-12 | Over 12 | |||||||||||||||||
Mos. | Mos. | Mos. | Mos. | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Time deposits $100,000 and over |
$ | 4,212 | $ | 8,808 | $ | 19,462 | $ | 24,820 | $ | 57,302 | ||||||||||
Other time deposits |
8,162 | 12,176 | 22,111 | 42,597 | 85,046 | |||||||||||||||
Total time deposits |
$ | 12,374 | $ | 20,984 | $ | 41,573 | $ | 67,417 | $ | 142,348 | ||||||||||
Total deposits increased $45.0 million or 9.0% in 2010 from 2009. The Company successfully grew
core transactional checking accounts, including non-interest bearing demand deposits and
interest-bearing NOW accounts, by 26.3% to $130.7 million at December 31, 2010. Non-interest
bearing demand deposits increased by $10.2 million, or 11.6%, to $98.0 million as the Company was
able to attract new core customers and some current commercial customers kept higher cash balances
in a difficult economy. NOW accounts increased by 109.3%, or $17.1 million, to $32.7 million. In
the fall of 2009, the Company introduced its Better Checking product which rewards customers with
premium interest rates on checking balances and ATM fee refunds if the customers meet certain
qualifications including direct deposit and frequent use of their debit cards. This product has
continued to gain momentum in 2010 and drove the increase in NOW balances.
47
Table of Contents
Much of the organic growth in savings deposits in 2010 was due to the Better Savings account
offered by the Bank. The Bank paid a competitive interest rate on that product throughout 2010.
The Company believes this product was popular because customers preferred to keep their deposits
liquid in a low-interest rate environment with a difficult economy. With long-term rates so low,
customers often do not believe there is enough value in locking up their funds long-term. The
growth in the Better Savings account is reflected in the growth of total regular savings accounts,
which increased $19.8 million, or 8.6%, to $249.4 million in 2010.
Certificates of deposit remained flat at $142.3 million as of December 31, 2010, compared to $143.0
million in 2009. Customers moved into more liquid products such as the Better Savings account
referred to above. The customers that did purchase certificates of deposits typically entered into
longer-maturity products with higher yields. Because the interest rate environment continues to
remain low, the average rate paid on time deposits fell in 2010. The average rate paid on time
deposits in 2010 was 2.54%, compared with 3.06% in 2009.
Federal Funds Purchased and Other Borrowed Funds. Another source of the Banks funds for lending
and investing activities at December 31, 2010 consisted of short and long term borrowings from the
Federal Home Loan Bank.
Other borrowed funds consisted primarily of various advances from the FHLB with both fixed and
variable interest rate terms ranging from 0.40% to 3.55%. The maturities and weighted average
rates of other borrowed funds at December 31, 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Weighted | ||||||||
Average | ||||||||
Maturities | Rate | |||||||
2011 |
$ | 13,669 | 1.41 | % | ||||
2012 |
3,000 | 2.52 | % | |||||
2013 |
10,000 | 3.28 | % | |||||
2014 |
9,000 | 3.53 | % | |||||
2015 |
| | ||||||
Thereafter |
| | ||||||
Total |
$ | 35,669 | 2.56 | % | ||||
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
The Bank enters into agreements with certain customers to sell securities owned by the Bank to
those customers and repurchase the identical security, generally within one day. No physical
movement of the securities is involved. The customer is informed that the securities are held in
safekeeping by the Bank on behalf of the customer. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
totaled $5.2 million at December 31, 2010 compared to $5.5 million at December 31, 2009. Balances
can vary day to day based on customer needs.
Pension
The Bank maintains a qualified defined benefit pension plan (the Pension Plan), which covered
substantially all employees of the Company at the time the Pension Plan was frozen on January 31,
2008. All benefits eligible participants accrued in the Pension Plan to the freeze date have been
retained. Employees have not accrued additional benefits in the Pension Plan from that date.
Employees will be eligible to receive these benefits at normal retirement age. Additionally, the
Company has entered into individual retirement agreements with certain of its executive officers
providing for unfunded supplemental pension benefits under the Companys Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan and Senior Executive Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (collectively, the
SERP plans). The Companys pension expense for the Pension Plan and the SERP plans approximated
$0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively, and is calculated based upon a number of actuarial assumptions, including an
expected long-term rate of return on the Companys plan assets of 7.50% for 2010, 2009 and 2008 for
the Pension Plan; no compensation rate increases for 2010, 2009, and 2008 for the Pension Plan and
4.36%, 3.50%, and 5.00% in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for the SERP plans.
The expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets assumption was determined based on
historical returns earned by equity and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect future return
expectations based on pension plan targeted asset allocation. The SERP Plans are unfunded so there
is no return on plan assets assumption. In evaluating compensation rate increases, the Company
evaluated historical salary data, as well as expected future increases. As the Pension Plan was
frozen, the compensation rate increase assumption is zero because employees can no longer accrue
additional benefits. The Company will continue to evaluate its actuarial assumptions, including
its expected rate of return and compensation rate increases at least annually, and will adjust as
necessary.
48
Table of Contents
The Company bases its determination of pension expense or income on a market-related valuation of
assets, which reduces year-to-year volatility. Investment gains or losses for this purpose are
the difference between the expected return calculated using the market-related value of assets and
the actual return based on the market-related value of assets.
The discount rate utilized by the Company for determining future pension obligations is based on a
review of long-term bonds that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating
agency. The discount rate determined on this basis has decreased from 5.95% at December 31, 2009 to 5.46% at December 31, 2010 for the
Companys Pension Plan and from 5.60% to 5.34% for the SERP plans.
Management tested the sensitivity of the pension expense to changes in two key assumptions: return
on plan assets and the discount rate. A 0.25% decrease in the rate of return on plan assets would
have resulted in an increase in pension expense of 12.1% or $6 thousand. A 0.25% decrease in the
discount rate would have resulted in an increase in pension expense of 7.5% or $4 thousand. The
SERP has no plan assets; therefore there is no rate of return on plan assets. A 0.25% decrease in
the discount rate would have resulted in an increase in SERP expense of 1.5% or $7 thousand.
Increases of 25 basis points in those assumptions would have resulted in similar changes in amount,
but in the opposite direction from the changes presented in the preceding sentences. Since the
SERP plans are not funded and the Pension Plan has been frozen, the pension expense is not
sensitive to compensation scale increases or decreases.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had cumulative actuarial losses of approximately $1.6 million
that will result in an increase in the Companys future pension expense because such losses at each
measurement date exceed 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the
market-related value of plan assets. In accordance with GAAP, net unrecognized gains or losses
that exceed that threshold are required to be amortized over the expected service period of active
employees, and are included as a component of net pension cost. Amortization of these net
actuarial losses had the effect of increasing the Companys pension expense by approximately $38
thousand in 2010, $66 thousand in 2009 and $69 thousand in 2008.
The Company contributed $150,000 to the Pension Plan in 2010.
Liquidity
The Company utilizes cash flows from its investment portfolio and federal funds sold balances to
manage the liquidity requirements it experiences due to loan demand and deposit fluctuations. The
Bank also has many borrowing options. As a member of the FHLB, the Bank is able to borrow funds at
competitive rates. Given the current collateral available, advances of up to $90.0 million can be
drawn on the FHLB via the Banks Overnight Line of Credit Agreement. In 2009, the Bank was
approved for additional credit at FHLB after placing commercial real estate loans as collateral at
FHLB. An amount equal to 25% of the Banks total assets could be borrowed through the advance
programs under certain qualifying circumstances. The Bank also has the ability to purchase up to
$14.0 million in federal funds from its correspondent banks. By placing sufficient collateral in
safekeeping at the Federal Reserve Bank, the Bank could also borrow at the FRBs discount window.
The Companys liquidity needs also can be met by more aggressively pursuing time deposits, or
accessing the brokered time deposit market, including the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry
Service (CDARS) network, of which the Bank became a member in 2009. Additionally, the Bank has
access to capital markets as a funding source.
The cash flows from the Companys investment portfolio are laddered, so that securities mature at
regular intervals, to provide funds from principal and interest payments at various times as
liquidity needs may arise. Contractual maturities are also laddered, with consideration as to the
volatility of market prices, so that securities are available for sale from time-to-time without
the need to incur significant losses. At December 31, 2010, approximately 4.7% of the Banks debt
securities had maturity dates of one year or less, and approximately 37.6% had maturity dates of
five years or less.
Management, on an ongoing basis, closely monitors the Companys liquidity position for compliance
with internal policies, and believes that available sources of liquidity are adequate to meet
funding needs in the normal course of business. As part of that monitoring process, management
calculates the 90-day liquidity each month by analyzing the cash needs of the Bank. Included in
the calculation are liquid assets and potential liabilities. Management stresses the potential
liabilities calculation to ensure a strong liquidity position. Included in the calculation are
assumptions of some significant deposit run-off as well as funds needed for loan closing and
investment purchases. At December 31, 2010, in the stress test, the Bank had net short-term
liquidity available of $70.2 million as compared with $43.2 million at December 31, 2009.
Available assets of $95.9 million, divided by public and purchased funds of $128.5 million,
resulted in a long-term liquidity ratio of 75% at December 31, 2010, compared with 56% at December
31, 2009.
49
Table of Contents
Management does not anticipate engaging in any activities, either currently or over the long-term,
for which adequate funding would not be available and which would therefore result in significant
pressure on liquidity. However, continued economic recession could negatively impact the Companys
liquidity. The Bank relies heavily on FHLBNY as a source of funds, particularly with its overnight
line of credit. Several members of FHLB have warned that they have either breached risk-based
capital requirements or that they are close to breaching those requirements. To conserve capital,
some FHLB branches are suspending dividends, cutting dividend payments, and not buying back excess
FHLB stock that members hold. FHLBNY has stated that they expect to be able to continue to pay
dividends, redeem excess capital stock, and provide competitively priced advances in the future.
The most severe problems in FHLB have been at some of the other FHLB branches. Nonetheless, the 12
FHLB branches are jointly liable for the consolidated obligations
of the FHLB system. To the extent that one FHLB branch cannot meet its obligations to pay its
share of the systems debt, other FHLB branches can be called upon to make the payment.
Systemic weakness in the FHLB could result in higher costs of FHLB borrowings and increased demand
for alternative sources of liquidity that are more expensive, such as brokered time deposits, the
discount window at the Federal Reserve, or lines of credit with correspondent banks First Tennessee
and M&T Bank.
Contractual Obligations
The Company is party to contractual financial obligations, including repayment of borrowings,
operating lease payments and commitments to extend credit. The table below presents certain future
financial obligations.
Payments due within time period at December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Less Than | More Than | |||||||||||||||||||
Total | 1 Year | 1-3 Years | 3-5 Years | 5 Years | ||||||||||||||||
Contractual Obligations: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Securities sold under
agreement to repurchase |
$ | 5,227 | $ | 5,227 | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
Operating lease obligations |
6,621 | 608 | 1,104 | 962 | 3,947 | |||||||||||||||
Other borrowed funds |
35,669 | 13,669 | 13,000 | 9,000 | | |||||||||||||||
Junior subordinated
debentures |
11,330 | | | | 11,330 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 58,847 | $ | 19,504 | $ | 14,104 | $ | 9,962 | $ | 15,277 | ||||||||||
Interest expense on fixed
rate debt |
$ | 2,033 | $ | 747 | $ | 1,083 | $ | 203 | $ | | ||||||||||
The Companys variable rate debt included in other borrowed funds is related to short-term funding
which is used only to cover seasonal funding needs, which are subject to fluctuation.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had commitments to extend credit of $161.3 million compared to
$91.0 million at December 31, 2009. For additional information regarding future financial
commitments, this disclosure should be read in conjunction with Note 16 to the Companys
Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Capital
The Company and the Bank have consistently maintained regulatory capital ratios above well
capitalized standards. The Companys financial performance generally, and in particular the
ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of
collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent on the business environment in the markets
where the Company operates, in Western New York and in the United States as a whole. Some banks
experienced such a sharp drop-off in financial performance due to the deteriorating economy that
they were forced to raise capital with the U.S. government through TARP to maintain appropriate
capital ratios. The Bank applied for and was approved for funds under TARP but declined the offer
after determining that the Banks capital position was more than sufficient and that the
restrictions on capital management were too onerous.
Overall, during 2010, the business environment continues to be adverse for many households and
businesses in Western New York, in the United States and worldwide. There can be no assurance that
these conditions will improve in the near term. Such conditions could materially adversely affect
the credit quality of the Companys loans and leases, and therefore, the Companys results of
operations, financial condition, and capital position.
50
Table of Contents
For further detail on capital and capital ratios, see Note 20 to the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Total Company stockholders equity was $63.1 million at December 31, 2010, increased from $46.0
million at December 31, 2009. Equity as a percentage of assets was 9.4% at December 31, 2010,
compared to 7.4% at December 31, 2009. Book value per share of common stock declined to $15.45 at
December 31, 2010 from $16.34 at December 31, 2009. The reason for the large year over year
increase in stockholders equity and the decline in book value per share is the Companys
successful public offering in May of 2010. In that offering, the Company issued 1.2 million shares
of common stock that resulted in net proceeds of $13.4 million.
The total dividend payment of $0.40 per share in 2010 was 34.4% lower than the $0.61 total dividend
paid in 2009. In September 2009, the Company made the decision to cut its semi-annual dividend
payment to $0.20 per share. The first dividend payment of 2009, paid in April, was $0.41 per
share. Management and the Board of Directors of the Company believe that the dividend reduction
was prudent to maintain available capital to support the continued growth of the Company, as well
as to manage the Companys and the Banks capital ratios after enduring two quarters of net losses
in 2009 largely attributable to the deteriorating national lease portfolio. The reduced dividend
also brought the Companys dividend yield (dividend payout divided by stock price) more in line
with industry norms.
Included in stockholders equity was accumulated other comprehensive income which includes the net
after-tax impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available for
sale. Net unrealized gains after tax were $0.8 million, or $0.20 per share of common stock, at
December 31, 2010, as compared to net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities
after tax of $1.0 million, and $0.35 per share of common stock, at December 31, 2009. Such
unrealized gains and losses are generally due to changes in interest rates and represent the
difference, net of applicable income tax effect, between the estimated fair value and amortized
cost of investment securities classified as available-for-sale. The Company had no
other-than-temporary impairment charges in its investment portfolio in 2010 or 2009.
Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and/or interest rates of the
Banks financial instruments. The primary market risk the Company is exposed to interest rate
risk. The core banking activities of lending and deposit-taking expose the Bank to interest rate
risk, which occurs when assets and liabilities re-price at different times and by different amounts
as interest rates change. As a result, net interest income earned by the Bank is subject to the
effects of changing interest rates. The Bank measures interest rate risk by calculating the
variability of net interest income in the future periods under various interest rate scenarios
using projected balances for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
Managements philosophy toward interest rate risk management is to limit the variability of net
interest income. The balances of financial instruments used in the projections are based on
expected growth from forecasted business opportunities, anticipated prepayments of loans and
investment securities and expected maturities of investment securities, loans and deposits.
Management supplements the modeling technique described above with the analysis of market values of
the Banks financial instruments and changes to such market values given changes in interest rates.
ALCO, which includes members of the Banks senior management, monitors the Banks interest rate
sensitivity with the aid of a model that considers the impact of ongoing lending and deposit
gathering activities, as well as the interrelationships between the magnitude and timing of the
re-pricing of financial instruments, including the effect of changing interest rates on expected
prepayments and maturities. When deemed prudent, the Banks management has taken actions and
intends to do so in the future, to mitigate the Banks exposure to interest rate risk through the
use of on or off-balance sheet financial instruments. Possible actions include, but are not
limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the purchase of other financial
instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.
51
Table of Contents
SENSITIVITY OF NET INTEREST INCOME
TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES
Calculated increase (decrease) | ||||||||
in projected annual net interest income | ||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
December 31, 2010 | December 31, 2009 | |||||||
Changes in interest rates |
||||||||
+200 basis points |
$ | 486 | $ | (807 | ) | |||
+100 basis points |
945 | 92 | ||||||
-100 basis points |
NM | 577 | ||||||
-200 basis points |
NM | 244 |
Many assumptions are utilized by the Bank to calculate the impact that changes in interest rates
may have on net interest income. The more significant assumptions relate to the rate of
prepayments of mortgage-related assets, loan and deposit volumes and pricing, and deposit
maturities. The Bank also assumes immediate changes in rates, including 100 and 200 basis point
rate changes. In the event that a 100 or 200 basis point rate change cannot be achieved, the
applicable rate changes are limited to lesser amounts, such that interest rates cannot be less than
zero. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the Bank cannot precisely
predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results may differ
significantly due to the timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes in market
conditions and interest rate differentials (spreads) between maturity/re-pricing categories, as
well as any actions, such as those previously described, which management may take to counter such
changes. The changes to projected net interest income resulting from rising rates from December
31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 were largely due to the projected balance sheets funding mix having
a higher concentration of core deposits and an increased amount of growth in variable commercial
loans. In regards to the declining rate scenarios, management believes that projections using such
significant decreases in interest rates is not meaningful based on the current low interest rate
environment. In light of the uncertainties and assumptions associated with the process, the
amounts presented in the table, and changes in such amounts, are not considered significant to the
Banks projected net interest income.
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2010 included $117.8 million in
undisbursed lines of credit at an average interest rate of 4.03%; $8.6 million in fixed rate loan
origination commitments at 5.22%; $29.1 million in adjustable rate loan origination commitments at
4.22%; and $3.7 million in adjustable rate letters of credit, which if drawn upon, would typically
earn an interest rate equal to the prime lending rate plus 2%. The following table represents
expected maturities of interest-bearing assets and liabilities and their corresponding average
interest rates.
Expected maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
year ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | Thereafter | Total | Fair Value | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross loans and
leases receivable |
$ | 42,363 | $ | 22,187 | $ | 51,868 | $ | 36,476 | $ | 23,859 | $ | 351,225 | $ | 527,978 | $ | 545,762 | ||||||||||||||||
Average interest |
5.19 | % | 6.50 | % | 6.10 | % | 5.56 | % | 5.37 | % | 5.42 | % | 5.52 | % | 5.52 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Investment
securities |
3,566 | 3,427 | 4,108 | 2,686 | 10,405 | 65,370 | 89,562 | 89,552 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average interest |
3.59 | % | 4.24 | % | 4.29 | % | 4.28 | % | 3.56 | % | 4.36 | % | 4.23 | % | 4.23 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Interest Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing
deposits |
379,025 | 24,848 | 6,583 | 5,346 | 29,208 | 1,432 | 446,442 | 446,874 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average interest |
1.12 | % | 2.12 | % | 2.49 | % | 2.93 | % | 2.82 | % | 3.60 | % | 1.34 | % | 1.34 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Borrowed funds &
Securities sold
under agreements
to repurchase |
18,896 | 3,000 | 10,000 | 9,000 | | | 40,896 | 41,711 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average interest |
1.07 | % | 2.52 | % | 3.13 | % | 3.53 | % | | % | | % | 2.22 | % | 2.22 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Junior subordinated
debentures |
| | | | | 11,330 | 11,330 | 11,330 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average interest |
| | | | | 2.93 | % | 2.93 | % | 2.93 | % |
When rates rise or fall, the market value of the Companys rate-sensitive assets and
liabilities, increases or decreases. As a part of the Companys asset/liability policy, the
Company has set limitations on the acceptable level of the negative impact of such rate
fluctuations on the market value of the Companys balance sheet. The Banks securities portfolio
is priced monthly and adjustments are made on the balance sheet to reflect the market value of the
available for sale
52
Table of Contents
portfolio per ASC Topic 320 Investments Debt and Equity Securities. At
December 31, 2010, the impact to equity, net of tax, as a result of marking available for sale
securities to market was an unrealized gain of $0.8 million. On a
monthly basis, the available for sale portfolio is shocked for immediate rate increases of 200
basis points. At December 31, 2010, the Company determined it would take an immediate increase in
rates in excess of 200 basis points to eliminate the current capital cushion in excess of
regulatory requirements. The Companys and the Banks capital ratios are also reviewed by
management on a quarterly basis.
Capital Expenditures
Significant planned expenditures for 2011 include construction of and furnishings for a new branch,
restoration and renovation for some of the Companys older properties, and investments in computer
systems and hardware. The Company believes it has a sufficient capital base to support these known
and potential capital expenditures, currently expected to total $4.4 million, with current assets.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
There will continually be economic events, such as changes in the economic policies of the FRB
which will have an impact on the profitability of the Company. Inflation may result in impaired
asset growth, reduced earnings and substandard capital ratios. The net interest margin can be
adversely impacted by the volatility of interest rates throughout the year. Since these factors
are unknown, management attempts to structure the balance sheet and re-pricing frequency of assets
and liabilities to avoid a significant concentration that could result in a negative impact on
earnings.
Segment Information
In accordance with the provisions of ASC 280, Segment Reporting, the Companys operating segments
have been determined based upon its internal profitability reporting. The Companys operating
segments consist of banking activities and insurance agency activities.
The banking activities segment includes all of the activities of the Bank in its function as a
full-service commercial bank. This includes the operations of SDS and ENL. The net income from
banking activities was $4.1 million in 2010. The increase in net income from banking activities
was driven primarily by the provision for loan and lease losses, which decreased from $10.5 million
in 2009 to $3.9 million in 2010. Total assets of the banking activities segment increased $52.9
million or 8.7% during 2010 to $660.6 million at December 31, 2010, due primarily to strong
commercial loan growth and investment securities.
The insurance activities segment includes activities of TEA, a property and casualty insurance
agency with locations in the Western New York area. This includes the operations of ENBA, which
provides non-deposit investment products. Net income from insurance activities was $0.8 million in
2010, down from $1.0 million in 2009. TEA had a 2.8% decrease in revenue as well as an increase in
operating expenses, which contributed to the year over year decrease in net income. Total assets
of the insurance activities segment were $10.9 million at December 31, 2010, compared with $11.7
million at December 31, 2009.
Fourth Quarter Results
The Company had net income of $0.5 million, or $0.12 per diluted share, in the fourth quarter of
2010, a 64.7% decrease over net income of $1.4 million, or $0.49 per diluted share, in the fourth
quarter of 2009. The significant decrease in net income was largely a result of lower non-interest
income, a larger provision for loan and lease losses, and greater non-interest expenses. Return on
average equity was 3.00% for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 compared with 11.93% in the prior
years fourth quarter.
Net interest income remained flat at $6.1 million during the fourth quarter of 2010, only a slight
increase of 0.3% from the fourth quarter of 2009, and a 2.4% decrease over $6.2 million in the
third quarter of 2010. Growth of the core loan portfolio and the reduced cost of interest-bearing
liabilities continue to be the main factors that allow the net interest income to remain stable.
Core loans are defined as total loans and leases less direct financing leases. Core loans were
$512.5 million at December 31, 2010, an annualized increase of 21.9% from $485.8 million at
September 30, 2010 and an increase of 11.9% from $458.1 million at December 31, 2009. The Company
experienced growth in both its commercial and industrial and consumer loan portfolios.
Total deposits were $544.5 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of 1.7% from $535.3 million at
September 30, 2010 and an increase of 9.0% from $499.5 million at December 31, 2009. The
year-over-year growth reflects strong core deposit expansion across a variety of products,
including the Companys Better Checking retail product (included in
53
Table of Contents
the NOW category) along with its complementary Better Savings product. These products have been successful in garnering new
accounts, as they require deep customer relationships and reward the Companys customers for doing
more business with the Bank. The Company also experienced an increase in commercial demand and
business money market savings balances. Commercial deposit gathering is an important part of the Companys
strategic focus going forward and the majority of the $10.2 million, or 11.6%, increase in demand
deposits over the prior-year fourth quarter was from commercial customers. Although a portion of
deposit growth can be seasonal and reflective of transaction activity, the results reflect solid
growth in a very competitive marketplace.
The Companys net interest margin was 4.00% in the fourth quarter of 2010, down from 4.34% in the
2009 fourth quarter, and down 18 basis points from 4.18% in the third quarter of 2010. Net
interest margin relative to the third quarter of 2010 was negatively impacted by the reduction in
the yield on loans and leases as the result of the smaller leasing portfolio, which has
historically had higher yields. The Company has been able to mostly offset the loan and lease
yield reduction with reduced rates on interest-bearing liabilities because the yield curve remains
steep, albeit at low levels, combined with the movement from time deposits to less costly liquid
savings deposits. The decrease in net interest margin from the previous years fourth quarter was
due, in part, to the continued low interest rate environment.
Net charge-offs to average total loans and leases decreased to 0.06% for the fourth quarter of 2010
compared with 0.18% in the third quarter of 2010 and increased as compared to the 2009 fourth
quarter ratio of 0.01%. The charge-off percentage remains under industry norms and is indicative
of the Banks historical focus on well-collateralized credits. Management continues to maintain a
conservative approach for reserving for potential losses in this environment of extended economic
volatility.
The ratio of non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases increased to 2.64% at
December 31, 2010, from 1.96% at September 30, 2010, but remained unchanged from December 31,
2009. The increase in the ratio during the fourth quarter of 2010 was a result of the
addition of a larger commercial loan and an increase in non-performing leases. The total coverage
ratio for non-performing loans and leases was 74.85% at December 31, 2010.
The provision for loan and lease losses increased to $1.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2010,
from $1.0 million in the third quarter of 2010 and $0.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. The
increase from the trailing third quarter of 2010 was related to a rise in the Companys
non-performing loans of $3.5 million, primarily associated with one large commercial real estate
loan, and a reassessment of collateral positions on loans previously in non-performing assets. The
increase in the provision when compared with the fourth quarter of 2009, which had no leasing
provision, was primarily due to the $0.4 million provision for leases. Leasing non-accruals
increased $0.6 million at December 31, 2010 compared with September 30, 2010. With write-offs and
portfolio run-off continuing for the leasing portfolio and non-accruing leases not declining
correspondingly, management determined that an additional $0.4 million in reserve for lease losses
was appropriate in the fourth quarter of 2010.
The ratio for allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases was 1.97% at December
31, 2010, compared with 1.80% at September 30, 2010, and 1.42% at December 31, 2009. The increase
in the ratio from September 30, 2010 was a result of additional provision required for the risks
included in the increased non-performing loans and growth in the overall portfolio. The increase
in the ratio from December 31, 2009, was primarily due to two factors as discussed previously.
Non-interest income, which represented 31.7% of total revenue in the 2010 fourth quarter, decreased
4.6%, or $135 thousand, to $2.8 million, when compared with the fourth quarter of 2009. The
decrease was primarily a result of decreased deposit service charges ($140 thousand) and insurance
service and fee revenue ($152 thousand), offset by a $160 thousand increase in other non-interest
income. Deposit service charge was down 24.3% to $435 thousand for the fourth quarter of 2010 when
compared with the 2009 fourth quarter. The decrease is attributable to new regulations on deposit
overdraft fees. Insurance service and fee revenue was down 10.2% to $1.3 million for the fourth
quarter of 2010 when compared with the 2009 fourth quarter as the soft insurance market continued
to impact revenue growth. The biggest factors in the increase in other non-interest income growth
were premiums on loans sold to FNMA ($52 thousand) and interchange fees ($42 thousand).
Total non-interest expense was $6.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2010, an increase of 2.6%
from $6.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. The largest component of the increase in total
non-interest expenses was in salaries and employee benefits, which increased $0.7 million, or
22.1%, over the fourth quarter of 2009 to $3.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2010. This rise
reflected higher variable compensation and increased staff, including commercial loan officers and
other business-generating positions. Another portion of the increase was due to accruals for
bonuses in 2010 which did not occur in the prior-year period due to losses recorded in the first
two quarters of 2009.
54
Table of Contents
As a result of the increase in non-interest expenses and the decrease in non-interest income, the
efficiency ratio, excluding goodwill impairment and intangible amortization, increased to 72.23%
for the fourth quarter of 2010, from 68.98% in the fourth quarter of 2009. The Companys
efficiency ratio for the third quarter of 2010 was 66.57%. The increased efficiency ratio from the
prior year period reflects the Companys growth strategy, which requires investments in its people
and systems.
Income tax expense for the quarter ended December 31, 2010 was $0.4 million, an effective tax rate
of 42.9%, compared with an effective tax rate of 15.6% in the fourth quarter of 2009. The higher
effective tax rate for the quarter reflected adjustments as it relates to the wind down of the
leasing portfolio. The 32% effective tax rate, for all of 2010, is indicative of a more normalized
rate.
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information called for by this Item is incorporated by reference to the discussion of
Liquidity and Market Risk, including the discussion under the caption Sensitivity of Net
Interest Income to Changes in Interest Rates included in Part II, Item 7. Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
55
Table of Contents
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data consist of the financial statements as indexed and
presented below and the Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data presented in Note 22 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Page | |||
57 | ||||
58 | ||||
59 | ||||
60 | ||||
61 | ||||
62 | ||||
63 | ||||
65 |
56
Table of Contents
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting for Evans Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company). Management has assessed the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2010
based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that assessment, management
concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2010.
The
Companys consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2010 were
audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. KPMG LLP also audited the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2010,
as stated in their report, which appears in the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm immediately following this annual report of management.
EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES |
||||
/s/ David J. Nasca | ||||
David J. Nasca | ||||
President and Chief Executive Officer | ||||
/s/ Gary A. Kajtoch | ||||
Gary A. Kajtoch | ||||
Treasurer |
57
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Evans Bancorp, Inc:
Evans Bancorp, Inc:
We have audited Evans Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
The Companys management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in the accompanying Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed
risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control -
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2010 and
2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated March 4,
2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP | ||||
Buffalo, New York | ||||
March 4, 2011 |
58
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Evans Bancorp, Inc.:
Evans Bancorp, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Evans Bancorp, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated
statements of income, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of
the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Evans Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December
31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles.
The Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R),
Business Combinations (included in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Codification
Topic 805, Business Combinations), in 2009.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March
4, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control
over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP | ||||
Buffalo, New York | ||||
March 4, 2011 |
59
Table of Contents
EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents: |
||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 13,467 | $ | 12,379 | ||||
Interest-bearing deposits at banks |
255 | 604 | ||||||
Securities: |
||||||||
Available for sale, at fair value (cost: $89,866 at December
31, 2010; $74,224 at December 31, 2009) |
91,192 | 75,854 | ||||||
Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value: $2,130 at
December 31, 2010; $3,133 at December 31, 2009) |
2,140 | 3,164 | ||||||
Loans and leases, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of
$10,424 in 2010 and $6,971 in 2009 |
517,554 | 482,597 | ||||||
Properties and equipment, net |
10,841 | 9,281 | ||||||
Goodwill |
8,101 | 8,101 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net |
1,168 | 2,068 | ||||||
Bank-owned life insurance |
12,389 | 11,921 | ||||||
Other assets |
14,416 | 13,475 | ||||||
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ | 671,523 | $ | 619,444 | ||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
LIABILITIES: |
||||||||
Deposits: |
||||||||
Demand |
$ | 98,016 | $ | 87,855 | ||||
NOW |
32,683 | 15,619 | ||||||
Regular savings |
249,410 | 229,609 | ||||||
Muni-vest |
22,000 | 23,418 | ||||||
Time |
142,348 | 143,007 | ||||||
Total deposits |
544,457 | 499,508 | ||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
5,227 | 5,546 | ||||||
Other short term borrowings |
13,669 | 19,090 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
11,776 | 10,831 | ||||||
Junior subordinated debentures |
11,330 | 11,330 | ||||||
Long term borrowings |
22,000 | 27,180 | ||||||
Total liabilities |
608,459 | 573,485 | ||||||
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS (See Note 16) |
||||||||
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY: |
||||||||
Common stock, $.50 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;
4,081,960 and 2,813,274 shares issued and outstanding, respectively |
2,041 | 1,407 | ||||||
Capital surplus |
40,660 | 27,279 | ||||||
Retained earnings |
20,836 | 17,381 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax |
(473 | ) | (108 | ) | ||||
Total stockholders equity |
63,064 | 45,959 | ||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
$ | 671,523 | $ | 619,444 | ||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
60
Table of Contents
EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
INTEREST INCOME: |
||||||||||||
Loans and leases |
$ | 28,102 | $ | 27,416 | $ | 26,328 | ||||||
Interest bearing deposits at banks |
9 | 1 | 24 | |||||||||
Securities: |
||||||||||||
Taxable |
1,740 | 1,608 | 1,309 | |||||||||
Non-taxable |
1,566 | 1,676 | 1,490 | |||||||||
Total interest income |
31,417 | 30,701 | 29,151 | |||||||||
INTEREST EXPENSE |
||||||||||||
Deposits |
5,660 | 6,844 | 8,088 | |||||||||
Other borrowings |
929 | 864 | 1,151 | |||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures |
333 | 399 | 644 | |||||||||
Total interest expense |
6,922 | 8,107 | 9,883 | |||||||||
NET INTEREST INCOME |
24,495 | 22,594 | 19,268 | |||||||||
PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES |
3,943 | 10,500 | 3,508 | |||||||||
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR
LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES |
20,552 | 12,094 | 15,760 | |||||||||
NON-INTEREST INCOME: |
||||||||||||
Bank charges |
1,897 | 2,260 | 2,256 | |||||||||
Insurance service and fees |
6,992 | 7,191 | 6,867 | |||||||||
Data center income |
845 | 849 | | |||||||||
Net gain on sales and calls of securities |
7 | 18 | 10 | |||||||||
Gain on loans sold |
152 | 93 | 25 | |||||||||
Bank-owned life insurance |
468 | 578 | 210 | |||||||||
Gain on bargain purchase |
| 671 | | |||||||||
Pension curtailment gain |
| | 328 | |||||||||
Other |
2,272 | 2,407 | 1,981 | |||||||||
Total non-interest income |
12,633 | 14,067 | 11,677 | |||||||||
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE: |
||||||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits |
14,821 | 12,751 | 11,219 | |||||||||
Occupancy |
2,940 | 2,765 | 2,541 | |||||||||
Repairs and maintenance |
674 | 721 | 584 | |||||||||
Advertising and public relations |
627 | 575 | 497 | |||||||||
Professional services |
1,533 | 1,484 | 1,079 | |||||||||
Technology and communications |
912 | 1,065 | 1,171 | |||||||||
Amortization of intangibles |
900 | 930 | 681 | |||||||||
FDIC insurance |
1,023 | 941 | 153 | |||||||||
Goodwill impairment |
| 1,985 | | |||||||||
Other |
2,677 | 2,840 | 2,515 | |||||||||
Total non-interest expense |
26,107 | 26,057 | 20,440 | |||||||||
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES |
7,078 | 104 | 6,997 | |||||||||
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT) |
2,238 | (603 | ) | 2,089 | ||||||||
NET INCOME |
$ | 4,840 | $ | 707 | $ | 4,908 | ||||||
Net income per common share basic |
$ | 1.34 | $ | 0.25 | $ | 1.78 | ||||||
Net income per common share diluted |
$ | 1.34 | $ | 0.25 | $ | 1.78 | ||||||
Cash dividends per common share |
$ | 0.40 | $ | 0.61 | $ | 0.78 | ||||||
Weighted average number of basic common shares |
3,613,746 | 2,788,507 | 2,754,489 | |||||||||
Weighted average number of diluted shares |
3,616,551 | 2,793,612 | 2,756,278 | |||||||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
61
Table of Contents
EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(in thousands, except share and per share)
Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common | Capital | Other Comprehensive | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock | Surplus | Retained Earnings | Income (Loss) | Treasury Stock | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE December 31, 2007 |
$ | 1,378 | $ | 26,380 | $ | 15,612 | $ | 16 | $ | (83 | ) | $ | 43,303 | |||||||||||
Adoption of SFAS No. 158 measurement date
provision, net of tax |
6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Income |
4,908 | 4,908 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities,
net of reclassification of gain of $6 (after
tax)
and tax effect of ($161) |
254 | 254 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of prior service cost and net loss,
net of taxes ($29) |
45 | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in pension liability, net of taxes $550 |
(861 | ) | (861 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Pension curtailment adjustment net of taxes ($7) |
9 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income |
4,355 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends ($0.78 per common share) |
(2,152 | ) | (2,152 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock option expense |
147 | 147 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Re-issued 12,158 shares under dividend
reinvestment plan |
(14 | ) | 204 | 190 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issued 9,395 shares under dividend reinvestment
plan |
5 | 147 | 152 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Re-issued 8,375 shares under Employee Stock
Purchase Plan |
(34 | ) | 142 | 108 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issued 5,662 shares under Employee Stock
Purchase Plan |
3 | 70 | 73 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Purchased 15,500 shares for Treasury |
(263 | ) | (263 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE December 31, 2008 |
$ | 1,386 | $ | 26,696 | $ | 18,374 | $ | (537 | ) | $ | | $ | 45,919 | |||||||||||
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Income |
707 | 707 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities,
net of reclassification of gain of $11 (after
tax)
and tax effect of ($189) |
293 | 293 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of prior service cost and net loss,
net of taxes ($49) |
76 | 76 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Decrease in pension liability, net of taxes ($38) |
60 | 60 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income |
1,136 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends ($0.61 per common share) |
(1,700 | ) | (1,700 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock option expense |
154 | 154 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Re-issued 2,000 shares under dividend
reinvestment plan |
(4 | ) | 27 | 23 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issued 21,751 shares under dividend reinvestment
plan |
11 | 241 | 252 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Issued 19,735 shares under Employee Stock
Purchase Plan |
10 | 192 | 202 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Purchased 2,000 shares for Treasury |
(27 | ) | (27 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE December 31, 2009 |
$ | 1,407 | $ | 27,279 | $ | 17,381 | $ | (108 | ) | $ | | $ | 45,959 | |||||||||||
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Income |
4,840 | 4,840 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities,
net of reclassification of gain of $4 (after
tax)
and tax effect of $124 |
(181 | ) | (181 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of prior service cost and net loss,
net of taxes ($56) |
76 | 76 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in pension liability, net of taxes $164 |
(260 | ) | (260 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income |
4,475 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends ($0.40 per common share) |
(1,385 | ) | (1,385 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock option expense |
215 | 215 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issued 12,219 shares under dividend reinvestment
plan |
6 | 168 | 174 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Issued 1,222,000 shares in stock offering |
611 | 12,824 | 13,435 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Issued 15,810 restricted shares |
8 | (8 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issued 18,657 shares under Employee Stock
Purchase Plan |
9 | 182 | 191 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE December 31, 2010 |
$ | 2,041 | $ | 40,660 | $ | 20,836 | $ | (473 | ) | $ | | $ | 63,064 | |||||||||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
62
Table of Contents
EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(in thousands)
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Interest received |
$ | 31,616 | $ | 30,327 | $ | 29,140 | ||||||
Fees and commission received |
12,635 | 13,363 | 10,946 | |||||||||
Proceeds from sale of loans held for resale |
13,230 | 16,338 | 3,522 | |||||||||
Originations of loans held for resale |
(15,624 | ) | (16,518 | ) | (3,447 | ) | ||||||
Interest paid |
(6,895 | ) | (8,407 | ) | (10,140 | ) | ||||||
Cash paid to employees and vendors |
(21,642 | ) | (23,431 | ) | (16,693 | ) | ||||||
Pension plan contributions |
(150 | ) | | | ||||||||
Income taxes paid |
(3,556 | ) | (975 | ) | (2,611 | ) | ||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
9,614 | 10,697 | 10,717 | |||||||||
INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Available for sale securities: |
||||||||||||
Purchases |
(89,119 | ) | (70,313 | ) | (83,477 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from maturities and calls |
73,393 | 69,435 | 80,363 | |||||||||
Held to maturity securities: |
||||||||||||
Purchases |
(862 | ) | (1,697 | ) | (165 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from maturities |
1,769 | 483 | 480 | |||||||||
Cash paid for bank-owned life insurance |
| | (2,007 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance |
| 342 | 1,292 | |||||||||
Additions to properties and equipment |
(2,767 | ) | (196 | ) | (2,110 | ) | ||||||
Increase in loans, net of repayments |
(37,828 | ) | (53,029 | ) | (86,581 | ) | ||||||
Sale of other real estate |
96 | | | |||||||||
Cash paid on earn-out agreements |
| (40 | ) | (40 | ) | |||||||
Acquisitions |
| 8,419 | (1,433 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(55,318 | ) | (46,596 | ) | (93,678 | ) | ||||||
FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from borrowing |
| 8,239 | 14,482 | |||||||||
Repayment of borrowings |
(10,921 | ) | (11,605 | ) | (11,206 | ) | ||||||
Increase in deposits |
44,949 | 44,347 | 78,124 | |||||||||
Dividends paid |
(1,385 | ) | (1,700 | ) | (2,152 | ) | ||||||
Purchase of treasury stock |
| (27 | ) | (263 | ) | |||||||
Issuance of common stock |
13,800 | 454 | 225 | |||||||||
Re-issuance of treasury stock |
| 23 | 298 | |||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
46,443 | 39,731 | 79,508 | |||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
739 | 3,832 | (3,453 | ) | ||||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: |
||||||||||||
Beginning of year |
12,983 | 9,151 | 12,604 | |||||||||
End of year |
$ | 13,722 | $ | 12,983 | $ | 9,151 | ||||||
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
63
Table of Contents
EVANS
BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
(in thousands)
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NET CASH
PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 4,840 | $ | 707 | $ | 4,908 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
1,856 | 1,712 | 1,693 | |||||||||
Goodwill impairment |
| 1,985 | | |||||||||
Deferred tax benefit |
(1,352 | ) | (1,357 | ) | (700 | ) | ||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
3,943 | 10,500 | 3,508 | |||||||||
Proceeds from sale of loans held for resale |
13,230 | 16,338 | 3,522 | |||||||||
Originations of loans held for resale |
(15,624 | ) | (16,518 | ) | (3,447 | ) | ||||||
Net gain on sales of assets |
(1 | ) | (18 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||||
Gain on loans sold |
(152 | ) | (93 | ) | (25 | ) | ||||||
Stock option expense |
215 | 154 | 147 | |||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities affecting cash flow: |
||||||||||||
Other assets |
1,229 | (2,484 | ) | 128 | ||||||||
Other liabilities |
1,430 | (229 | ) | 993 | ||||||||
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
$ | 9,614 | $ | 10,697 | $ | 10,717 | ||||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH
INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Issuance of shares for earn-out agreement |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Note payable on acquisition |
| | | |||||||||
Fair value of assets acquired in acquisitions (non-cash) |
| 43,516 | | |||||||||
Fair value of liabilities assumed in acquisitions |
| 51,265 | |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
64
Table of Contents
EVANS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Organization and General
Evans Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) was organized as a New York business corporation and
incorporated under the laws of the State of New York on October 28, 1988 for the purpose of
becoming a bank holding company. Through August 2004, the Company was registered with the Federal
Reserve Board (FRB) as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended. In August 2004, the Company filed for, and was approved as, a Financial Holding Company
under the Bank Holding Company Act. The Company currently conducts its business through its two
subsidiaries: Evans Bank, N.A. (the Bank), a nationally chartered bank, and its subsidiaries,
Suchak Data Systems, Inc. (SDS), Evans National Leasing, Inc. (ENL) and Evans National Holding
Corp. (ENHC); and Evans National Financial Services, Inc. (ENFS) and its subsidiary, The Evans
Agency, Inc. (TEA). Unless the context otherwise requires, the term Company refers
collectively to Evans Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Company conducts its business
through its subsidiaries. It does not engage in any other substantial business.
Regulatory Requirements
The Company is subject to the rules, regulations, and reporting requirements of various regulatory
bodies, including the FRB, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bank, ENFS and their
subsidiaries. All material inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated in
consolidation.
Accounting Estimates
Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in order to prepare these
consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The estimates and assumptions that management deems to be critical involve our accounting policies
relating to the determination of our allowance for loan and lease losses and the valuation of
goodwill. These estimates and assumptions are based on managements best estimates and judgment
and management evaluated them on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors,
including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the
circumstances. We adjust our estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. The
current economic recession increases the uncertainty inherent in our estimates and assumptions. As
future events cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from
our estimates. Changes in those estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic
environment will be reflected in the consolidated financial statements in periods as they occur.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and
interest-bearing deposits at banks.
Cash and due from banks includes reserve balances that the Bank is required to maintain with
Federal Reserve Banks. The required reserves are based upon deposits outstanding, and were
approximately $4.4 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Securities
Securities which the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as
held to maturity and are stated at cost, adjusted for discounts and premiums that are recognized in
interest income over the period to the earlier of the call date or maturity using the level yield
method. These securities represent debt issuances of local municipalities in the Banks market
area for which market prices are not readily available. Management periodically evaluates the
financial condition of the municipalities to see if there is any cause for impairment in their
bonds.
65
Table of Contents
Securities classified as available for sale are stated at fair value with unrealized gains and
losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of deferred income taxes, in accumulated other
comprehensive income or loss, a component of stockholders equity. Gains and losses on sales of
securities are computed using the specific identification method.
Securities, which experience an other-than-temporary decline in fair value, are written down to a
new cost basis with the amount of the write-down, due to credit problems, now included in earnings
as a realized loss. The new cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value.
Factors which management considers in determining whether an impairment in value of an investment
is other than temporary include the period of time the securities were in a loss position,
managements intent and ability to hold securities until fair values recover to amortized cost or
if it is considered more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security, the
extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, the issuers financial performance and near
term prospects, the financial condition and prospects for the issuers geographic region and
industry, and recoveries or declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date. There
were no charges associated with other-than-temporary impairment declines in fair value of
securities in 2010 or 2009.
The Bank does not engage in securities trading activities.
Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until
maturity or pay-off, generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted
for unamortized deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance
and is recognized using the interest method. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct
origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the
effective yield method of accounting.
Loans become past due when the payment date has been missed. If payment has not been received
within 30 days, then the loan is delinquent. Delinquent loans are placed into three categories;
30-59 days past due, 60-89 days past due, or 90+ days past due. Loans 90 or more days past due are
considered non-performing.
The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent, unless
the credit is well secured and in process of collection. If the credit is not well secured and in
the process of collection, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status and is subject to charge-off if
collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.
All interest due but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual status or charged off
is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the
cost-recovery method, until it again qualifies for an accrual basis. Any cash receipts on
nonaccrual loans reduce the carrying value of the loans. Loans are returned to accrual status when
all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, the adverse
circumstances which resulted in the delinquent payment status are resolved, and payments are made
in a timely manner for a period of time sufficient to reasonably assure their future dependability.
The Bank considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable
that it will be unable to collect principal or interest due according to the contractual terms of
the loan. Commercial mortgage, C&I, and large balance leases (greater than $100,000) are
identified for evaluation and individually considered impaired. These loans and leases are
assessed for any impairment. Loan impairment is measured based on the present value of expected
cash flows discounted at the loans effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the
loans observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral
dependent. Consumer loans and smaller balance leases are collectively evaluated for impairment.
Since these loans and leases are not individually identified and evaluated, they are not considered
impaired loans.
The Bank monitors the credit risk in its loan portfolio by reviewing certain credit quality
indicators (CQI). The primary CQI for its commercial mortgage and C&I portfolios is the
individual loans credit risk rating. The following list provides a description of the credit risk
ratings that are used internally by the Bank when assessing the adequacy of its allowance for loan
and lease losses:
| 1-3-Pass: Risk Rated 1-3 loans are loans with a slight risk of loss. The loan is secured by collateral of sufficient value to cover the loan by an acceptable margin. The financial statements of the company demonstrate sufficient net worth and repayment ability. The company has established an acceptable credit history with the bank and typically has a proven track record of performance. Management is experienced, and has an at least average ability to manage the company. The industry has an average or less than average susceptibility to wide fluctuations in business cycles. |
66
Table of Contents
This risk rating includes all accruing consumer loans, including residential mortgages and home equities, that are less than 60 days past due. |
| 4-Watch: Although generally acceptable, a higher degree of risk is evident in these watch credits. Obligor assessment factors may have elements which reflect marginally acceptable conditions warranting more careful review and analysis and monitoring. | ||
The obligors balance sheet reflects generally acceptable asset quality with some elements weak or marginally acceptable. Liquidity may be somewhat strained, but is at an acceptable level to support operations. Obligor may be fully leveraged with ratios higher than industry averages. High leverage is negatively impacting the company, leaving it vulnerable to adverse change. Inconsistent or declining capability to service existing debt requirements evidenced by debt service coverage temporarily below or near acceptable level. The margin of collateral may be adequate, but declining or fluctuating in value. Company management may be unproven, but capable. Rapid expansion or acquisition may increase leverage or reduce cash flow. | |||
Negative industry conditions or weaker management could also be characteristic. Proper consideration should be given to companies in a high growth phase or in development business segments that may not have achieve sustainable earnings. | |||
Obligors demonstrate sufficient financial flexibility to react to and positively address the root cause of the adverse financial trends without significant deviations from their current business strategy. The rating is also used for borrowers that have made significant progress in resolving their financial weaknesses. | |||
| 5-O.A.E.M. (Other Assets Especially Mentioned): Special Mention (SM) A special mention asset has potential weaknesses that warrant managements close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institutions credit position at some future date. SM assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification. | ||
SM assets have potential weaknesses that may, if not checked or corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the institutions position at some future date. These assets pose elevated risk, but their weakness does not yet justify a substandard classification. Borrowers may be experiencing adverse operating trends (declining revenues or margins) or an ill proportioned balance sheet (e.g. increasing inventory without an increase in sales, high leverage, tight liquidity). | |||
Adverse economic or market conditions, such as interest rate increases or the entry of a new competitor, may also support a special mention rating. | |||
Nonfinancial reasons for rating a credit exposure special mention include management problems, pending litigation, an ineffective loan agreement or other material structural weakness, and any other significant deviation from prudent lending practices. | |||
The SM rating is designed to identify a specific level of risk and concern about asset quality. Although an SM asset has a higher profitability of default than a pass asset, its default is not imminent. | |||
This risk rating includes the pool of consumer loans, including residential mortgages and home equities, that are 60-89 days past due. | |||
| 6-Substandard: A substandard asset is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. | ||
Substandard assets have a high probability of payment default, or they have other well-defined weaknesses. They require more intensive supervision by bank management. | |||
Substandard assets are generally characterized by current or expected unprofitable operations, inadequate debt service coverage, inadequate liquidity, or marginal capitalization. Repayment may depend on collateral or other credit risk subsidies. For some substandard assets, the likelihood of full collection of interest and principal may be in doubt; such assets should be placed on non-accrual. Although substandard assets in the aggregate will |
67
Table of Contents
have distinct potential for loss, an individual assets loss potential does not have to be distinct for the asset to be rated substandard. These loans are periodically reviewed and tested for impairment. | |||
This risk rating includes the pool of consumer loans, including residential mortgages and home equities, that are 90 or more days past due or in nonaccrual status. | |||
| 7-Doubtful: An asset classified doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. | ||
A doubtful asset has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification of loss is deferred. | |||
Doubtful borrowers are usually in default, lack adequate liquidity or capital, and lack the resources necessary to remain an operating entity. Pending events can include mergers, acquisitions, liquidations, capital injections, the perfection of liens on additional collateral, the valuation of collateral, and refinancing. | |||
Generally, pending events should be resolved within a relatively short period and the ratings will be adjusted based on the new information. Because of high probability of loss, nonaccrual accounting treatment is required for doubtful assets. | |||
| 8-Loss: Assets classified loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the assets have absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. | ||
With loss assets, the underlying borrowers are often in bankruptcy, have formally suspended debt repayments, or have otherwise ceased normal business operations. Once an asset is classified loss, there is little prospect of collecting either its principal or interest. When access to collateral, rather than the value of the collateral, is a problem, a less severe classification may be appropriate. However, management should not maintain an asset on the balance sheet if realizing its value would require long-term litigation or other lengthy recovery efforts. Losses are to be recorded in the period an obligation becomes uncollectible. |
Leases
The Banks leasing operations consists principally of the leasing of various types of small ticket
commercial equipment. The Company follows ASC Topic 840, Leases, for all of its direct financing
leases. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and
estimated residual values, less unearned income, net of the remaining mark. In the third quarter
of 2009, the Company announced its intention to sell the leasing portfolio. As a result, the
Company classified the leasing portfolio as held-for-sale and marked the portfolio down to its fair
market value as of June 30, 2009. As of September 30, 2009, management decided to service the
portfolio to maturity and transferred it to held-for-investment. At December 31, 2010 and 2009,
the carrying value of the leasing portfolio amounted to $15.5 million and $31.5 million,
respectively. All of the Banks leases are classified as direct financing leases.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The provision for loan and lease losses represents the amount charged against the Banks earnings
to maintain an allowance for probable loan and lease losses inherent in the portfolio based on
managements evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio at the balance sheet date. Factors
considered by the Banks management in establishing the allowance include: the collectability of
individual loans and leases, current loan and lease concentrations, charge-off history, delinquent
loan and lease percentages, the fair value of the collateral, input from regulatory agencies, and
general economic conditions.
On a quarterly basis, management of the Bank meets to review and determine the adequacy of the
allowance for loan and lease losses. In making this determination, the Banks management analyzes
the ultimate collectability of the loans and leases in its portfolio by incorporating feedback
provided by the Banks internal loan and lease staff, an independent internal loan and lease review
function and information provided by examinations performed by regulatory agencies.
The analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses is composed of two components: specific
credit allocation and general portfolio allocation. The specific credit allocation includes a
detailed review of each impaired loan and allocation
68
Table of Contents
is made based on this analysis. Factors may
include the appraisal value of the collateral, the age of the appraisal, the type of collateral,
the performance of the loan to date, the performance of the borrowers business based on financial
statements, and legal judgments involving the borrower. The general portfolio allocation consists
of an assigned reserve percentage based on the historical loss experience and other quantitative
and qualitative factors of the loan or lease category.
The general portfolio allocation is segmented into pools of loans with similar characteristics.
Separate pools of loans include loans pooled by loan grade and by portfolio segment. The Company
does not have sufficient meaningful data to perform a traditional loss migration analysis and thus
has implemented alternative procedures. Loans graded a 5 or worse (criticized loans) that exceed
a material balance threshold are evaluated by the Companys credit department to determine if the
collateral for the loan is worth less than the loan. All of these shortfalls are added together
and divided by the respective loan pool to calculate the quantitative factor applied to the
respective pool. These loans are not considered impaired because the cash flow of the customer and
the payment history of the loan suggest that it is not probable that the Company will be unable to
collect the full amount of principal and interest as contracted and are thus still accruing
interest.
Loans that are graded 4 or better (non-criticized loans) are reserved in separate loan pools in
the general portfolio allocation. A weighted average 5-year historical charge-off ratio by
portfolio segment is calculated and applied against these loan pools.
For both the criticized and non-criticized loan pools in the general portfolio allocation,
additional qualitative factors are applied. The qualitative factors applied to the general
portfolio allocation reflect managements evaluation of various conditions. The conditions
evaluated include the following: industry and regional conditions; seasoning of the loan and lease
portfolio and changes in the composition of and growth in the loan and lease portfolio; the
strength and duration of the business cycle; existing general economic and business conditions in
the lending areas; credit quality trends in non-accruing loans and leases; timing of the
identification of downgrades; historical loan and lease charge-off experience; and the results of
bank regulatory examinations. Due to the nature of the loans, the criticized loan pools carry
significantly higher qualitative factors than the non-criticized pools.
Direct financing leases are segregated from the rest of the loan portfolio in determining the
appropriate allowance for that portfolio segment. Unlike the loan portfolio, the Company does have
sufficient historical loss data to perform a migration analysis for non-accruing leases.
Management periodically updates this analysis by examining the non-accruing lease portfolio at
different points in time and studying what percentage of the non-accruing portfolio ends up being
charged off. There are selected large leases in non-accruing status which carry different
characteristics than the rest of the portfolio. The Company has more information on these
particular lessees. The underwriting for these leases was different due to the size of the leases
and the subsequent servicing of these leases was also more intensive. Due to the elevated level of
information on these leases, the Company is able to specifically analyze these leases and allocate
an appropriate specific reserve based on the information available including cash flow, payment
history, and collateral value. These selected large leases are not considered when performing the
migration analysis. All of the remaining leases not in nonaccrual are allocated a reserve based on
the several factors including: delinquency and nonaccrual trends, charge-off trends, and national
economic conditions.
The
provision for loan and lease losses and the allowance for loan and
lease losses at December 31, 2010 are presented net of
$280 thousand in benefit from FDIC guarantees related to loans
purchased in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Waterford Village Bank
in 2009.
Foreclosed Real Estate
Foreclosed real estate is initially recorded at the lower of book or fair value (net of costs of
disposal) at the date of foreclosure. Costs relating to development and improvement of property
are capitalized, whereas costs relating to the holding of property are expensed. Assessments are
periodically performed by management, and an allowance for losses is established through a charge
to operations if the carrying value of a property exceeds fair value. Foreclosed real estate is
classified as other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010. The Company
had $50 thousand of Other Real Estate at December 31, 2009, but none at December 31, 2010.
Insurance Commissions and Fees
Commission revenue is recognized as of the effective date of the insurance policy or the date the
customer is billed, whichever is later. The Company also receives contingent commissions from
insurance companies which are based on the overall profitability of their relationship based
primarily on the loss experience of the insurance placed by the Company. Contingent commissions
from insurance companies are recognized when determinable.
69
Table of Contents
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with ASC Topic 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other. The Company records the excess of the cost of acquired
entities over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired, less
liabilities assumed, as goodwill. The Company amortizes acquired intangible assets with definite
useful economic lives over their useful economic lives utilizing the straight-line method. On a
periodic basis, management assesses whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amounts of the intangible assets may be impaired. The Company does not amortize goodwill
and any acquired intangible asset with an indefinite useful economic life, but reviews them for
impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amounts may be impaired. A reporting unit is defined as any distinct,
separately identifiable component of one of our operating segments for which complete, discrete
financial information is available and reviewed regularly by the segments management.
The fair value of the insurance agency activities reporting unit is measured annually as of
December 31st utilizing the average of a discounted cash flow model and a market value based on a
multiple to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) for similar
companies. The calculated value of the insurance agency reporting unit was substantially in excess
of the carrying amount at December 31, 2010. A review of the period subsequent to the measurement
date is performed to determine if there were any significant adverse changes in operations or
events that would alter our determination as of the measurement date. The Company has performed
the required goodwill impairment tests and has determined that goodwill was not impaired as of
December 31, 2010.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
The Bank has purchased insurance on the lives of Company directors and certain members of the
Banks and TEAs management. The policies accumulate asset values to meet future liabilities,
including the payment of employee benefits, such as retirement benefits. Increases in the cash
surrender value are recorded as other income in the Companys consolidated statements of income.
Properties and Equipment
Properties and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range
from 3 to 39 years. Impairment losses on properties and equipment are realized if the carrying
amount is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows and exceeds its fair value in accordance
with ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method under ASC Topic 740, Income
Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates
applicable to the periods in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be
realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are adjusted through income tax expense.
Net Income Per Share
Net income per common share is determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is based on increasing the
weighted-average number of shares of common stock by the number of shares of common stock that
would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options and immediate vesting of restricted shares.
Such adjustments to weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only
when such adjustments are expected to dilute earnings per common share. There were 2,805; 5,105;
and 1,789 potentially dilutive shares of common stock included in calculating diluted earnings per
share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Potential common shares
that would have the effect of increasing diluted earnings per share are considered to be
anti-dilutive. In accordance with ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, these shares were not
included in calculating diluted earnings per share. As of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, there
were 170 thousand, 267 thousand, and 108 thousand shares, respectively, that are not included in
calculating diluted earnings per share because their effect was anti-dilutive.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income includes both net income and other comprehensive income, including the change
in unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, and the change in the liability
related to pension costs, net of tax.
70
Table of Contents
Employee Benefits
The Bank maintains a non-contributory, qualified, defined benefit pension plan (the Pension Plan)
that covered substantially all employees before it was frozen on January 31, 2008. All benefits
eligible participants had accrued in the Pension Plan until the freeze date have been retained.
Employees have not accrued additional benefits in the Pension Plan from that date. The actuarially
determined pension benefit in the form of a life annuity is based on the employees combined years
of service, age and compensation. The Banks policy is to fund the minimum amount required by
government regulations. Employees are eligible to receive these benefits at normal retirement
age.
The Bank maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan and accrues contributions due under this plan
as earned by employees. In addition, the Bank maintains a non-qualified Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan for certain members of senior management, a non-qualified Deferred Compensation
Plan for directors and certain members of management, and a non-qualified Executive Incentive
Retirement Plan for certain members of management, as described more fully in Note 11 to Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Stock-based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock-based grant
based on the estimated grant date value of the stock-based compensation that is expected to vest.
Information on the determination of the estimated value of stock-based awards used to calculate
stock-based compensation expense is included in Note 12 to Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Loss Contingencies
Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business,
are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss
can be reasonably estimated.
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into off-balance sheet financial
arrangements consisting of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such
financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when the transactions
are executed.
Advertising costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
New Accounting Standards
The following significant accounting pronouncements were effective for the Company in 2010:
In June 2009 the FASB issued Statement No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets.
Statement 166 amends the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 860-10,
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. It
eliminates the qualified special purpose entity concept, creates more stringent conditions for
reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale, clarifies the derecognition
criteria, revises how retained interests are initially measured, and removes the guaranteed
mortgage securitization recharacterization provisions. This standard also requires additional
year-end and interim disclosures for public and nonpublic companies. The standard was effective
for the Company on January 1, 2010 and would be applied to transfers that occurred before and after
its effective date. Based on the Companys activities, adoption of this statement did not have an
impact on the Companys financial condition or results of operations.
Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)
was issued in January 2010. ASU 2010-06 amends ASC Subtopic 820-10 to require new disclosures: (a)
transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 should be disclosed separately including a description of
the reasons for the transfers, and (b) activity in Level 3 fair value measurements shall be
reported on a gross basis, including information about purchases, sales, issuances, and
settlements. The amendments also clarify existing disclosures relating to disaggregated reporting,
model inputs, and valuation techniques. The new disclosures were effective for the Company in the
first quarter of 2010, except for the gross reporting of Level 3 activity which is effective
beginning in the first quarter of 2011. Implementing these amendments have not resulted in
additional disclosures in the Companys interim and annual reports thus far, but may in the future
if warranted by the Companys activity.
71
Table of Contents
ASU 2010-18, Effect of a Loan Modification When the Loan Is Part of a Pool That Is Accounted for as
a Single Asset. A final EITF consensus was reached on modifications of loans that are accounted
for within a pool. Many financial institutions have purchased loans evidencing credit
deterioration at the time of acquisition (purchased credit impaired loans). Those loans may be
grouped together and accounted for on a pooled basis (i.e., as a single asset) if they have common
risk characteristics. When a loan is accounted for as part of a pool, only limited circumstances
allow it to be removed and accounted for separately. Because of recent increases in both the volume
of loans accounted for in pools and loan modifications, an issue was raised about whether a loan
modification constituting a troubled-debt restructuring would require the loan to be removed from a
pool and accounted for separately. The new guidance clarifies that a loan accounted for as part of
a pool of purchased credit impaired loans should remain in the pool after a modification, even if
that modification would otherwise be considered a troubled-debt restructuring. The new guidance
was effective for interim periods ending after July 15, 2010. The Company adopted ASU 2010-18 for
the interim period ended September 30, 2010. While the standard did not have an impact at
adoption, it will impact the accounting for future purchases of pools of credit impaired loans.
ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for
Credit Losses. The main objective of the ASU is to provide financial statement users with greater
transparency about an entitys allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing
receivables. The ASU is intended to provide additional information to assist financial statement
users in assessing an entitys credit risk exposures and evaluating the adequacy of its allowance
for credit losses. To achieve that objective, an entity should provide disclosures on a
disaggregated basis, including portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. The ASU lists
a number of additional disclosures that will be required to be provided by entities once the ASU is
adopted. The new guidance is effective for interim periods ending after December 15, 2010. The
Company adopted ASU 2010-20 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The ASU had a significant
impact on the amount of information disclosed by the Company about the credit quality of its loans
and leases and the allowance for loan and lease losses. The new disclosures are part of Note 3 to
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Subsequent
Events
In February 2010, the FASB amended certain recognition and disclosure requirements for subsequent
events. The guidance clarified that an entity that is an SEC filer is required to evaluate
subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued and in all other cases
through the date the financial statements are available to be issued. The guidance eliminated the
requirement to disclose the date through which subsequent events are evaluated for an SEC filer.
The guidance was effective upon issuance. Adoption did not have an impact on the Companys
financial position or results of operations.
2. SECURITIES
The amortized cost of securities and their approximate fair value at December 31 were as follows:
72
Table of Contents
2010 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Unrealized | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized | Fair | |||||||||||||||
Cost | Gains | Losses | Value | |||||||||||||
Available for Sale: |
||||||||||||||||
Debt securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 23,130 | $ | 609 | $ | (95 | ) | $ | 23,644 | |||||||
States and political subdivisions |
35,796 | 726 | (225 | ) | 36,297 | |||||||||||
Total debt securities |
$ | 58,926 | $ | 1,335 | $ | (320 | ) | $ | 59,941 | |||||||
Mortgage-backed securities: |
||||||||||||||||
FNMA |
10,207 | 320 | (65 | ) | 10,462 | |||||||||||
FHLMC |
9,541 | 79 | (53 | ) | 9,567 | |||||||||||
GNMA |
4,763 | 38 | | 4,801 | ||||||||||||
CMOs |
2,659 | 11 | (19 | ) | 2,651 | |||||||||||
Total mortgage-backed securities |
$ | 27,170 | $ | 448 | $ | (137 | ) | $ | 27,481 | |||||||
FRB stock |
1,408 | | | 1,408 | ||||||||||||
FHLB stock |
2,362 | | | 2,362 | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 89,866 | $ | 1,783 | $ | (457 | ) | $ | 91,192 | |||||||
Held to Maturity: |
||||||||||||||||
Debt securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
States and political subdivisions |
2,140 | 22 | (32 | ) | 2,130 | |||||||||||
Total |
$ | 2,140 | $ | 22 | $ | (32 | ) | $ | 2,130 | |||||||
2009 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Unrealized | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized | Fair | |||||||||||||||
Cost | Gains | Losses | Value | |||||||||||||
Available for Sale: |
||||||||||||||||
Debt securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 19,675 | $ | 123 | $ | (86 | ) | $ | 19,712 | |||||||
States and political subdivisions |
36,503 | 1,229 | (2 | ) | 37,730 | |||||||||||
Total debt securities |
$ | 56,178 | $ | 1,352 | $ | (88 | ) | $ | 57,442 | |||||||
Mortgage-backed securities: |
||||||||||||||||
FNMA |
9,385 | 225 | (2 | ) | 9,608 | |||||||||||
FHLMC |
3,723 | 147 | | 3,870 | ||||||||||||
GNMA |
362 | 16 | | 378 | ||||||||||||
CMOs |
1,001 | | (20 | ) | 981 | |||||||||||
Total mortgage-backed securities |
$ | 14,471 | $ | 388 | $ | (22 | ) | $ | 14,837 | |||||||
FRB stock |
912 | | | 912 | ||||||||||||
FHLB Stock |
2,663 | | | 2,663 | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 74,224 | $ | 1,740 | $ | (110 | ) | $ | 75,854 | |||||||
Held to Maturity: |
||||||||||||||||
Debt securities: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 35 | $ | | $ | | $ | 35 | ||||||||
States and political subdivisions |
3,129 | 19 | (50 | ) | 3,098 | |||||||||||
Total |
$ | 3,164 | $ | 19 | $ | (50 | ) | $ | 3,133 | |||||||
73
Table of Contents
Available for sale securities with a total fair value of $65.6 million and $65.2 million were
pledged as collateral to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law
at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The Company uses the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY) as its primary source of
overnight funds and also has several long-term advances with FHLBNY. At December 31, 2010, the
Company had a total of $35.6 million in borrowed funds with FHLBNY. The Company has placed
sufficient collateral in the form of residential real estate loans at FHLBNY. As a member of the
Federal Home Loan Bank System, the Bank is required to hold stock in FHLBNY. The Bank held FHLBNY
stock with a fair value of $2.4 million as of December 31, 2010 and $2.7 at 2009.
There are 12 branches of the FHLB, including New York. Several members have warned that they have
either breached risk-based capital requirements or that they are close to breaching those
requirements. To conserve capital, some FHLB branches are suspending dividends, cutting dividend
payments, and not buying back excess FHLB stock that members hold. To the extent that one FHLB
branch cannot meet its obligations to pay its share of the systems debt, other FHLB branches can
be called upon to make the payment.
Systemic weakness in the FHLB could result in impairment of the Companys FHLB stock. However,
FHLBNY has stated that it currently meets all of its capital requirements, continues to redeem
excess stock for members, and has the expressed ability and intent to continue paying dividends.
It has maintained a AAA credit rating with a stable outlook. Due to the relatively strong
financial health of FHLBNY, there was no impairment in the Banks FHLB stock as of December 31,
2010 and 2009.
The scheduled maturities of debt and mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2010 are
summarized below. All maturity amounts are contractual maturities. Actual maturities may differ
from contractual maturities because certain issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations
with or without call premiums.
Amortized | Fair | |||||||
Cost | Value | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Debt securities available for sale: |
||||||||
Due in one year or less |
$ | 2,774 | $ | 2,800 | ||||
Due after year one through five years |
19,324 | 19,750 | ||||||
Due after five through ten years |
21,157 | 21,549 | ||||||
Due after ten years |
15,671 | 15,842 | ||||||
58,926 | 59,941 | |||||||
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
$ | 27,170 | $ | 27,481 | ||||
$ | 86,096 | $ | 87,422 | |||||
Debt securities held to maturity: |
||||||||
Due in one year or less |
$ | 766 | $ | 765 | ||||
Due after year one through five years |
459 | 464 | ||||||
Due after five through ten years |
285 | 297 | ||||||
Due after ten years |
630 | 604 | ||||||
2,140 | 2,130 | |||||||
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
| | ||||||
$ | 2,140 | $ | 2,130 | |||||
Realized gains and losses from gross sales and calls of securities of $1.3 million, $1.2 million
and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, are summarized
as follows:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Gross gains |
$ | 17 | $ | 18 | $ | 12 | ||||||
Gross losses |
(10 | ) | | (2 | ) | |||||||
Net gain (loss) |
$ | 7 | $ | 18 | $ | 10 | ||||||
74
Table of Contents
Information regarding unrealized losses within the Companys available for sale securities at
December 31st of the respective years is summarized below. The securities are primarily
U.S. government-guaranteed agency securities or municipal securities. All unrealized losses are
considered temporary and related to market interest rate fluctuations.
2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair | Unrealized | Fair | Unrealized | Fair | Unrealized | |||||||||||||||||||
Description of Securities | Value | Losses | Value | Losses | Value | Losses | ||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | (in thousands) | (in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 3,705 | $ | (95 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 3,705 | $ | (95 | ) | ||||||||||
States and political
subdivisions |
9,144 | (225 | ) | | | 9,144 | (225 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total debt securities |
$ | 12,849 | $ | (320 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 12,849 | $ | (320 | ) | ||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
FNMA |
$ | 3,113 | $ | (65 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 3,113 | $ | (65 | ) | ||||||||||
FHLMC |
7,897 | (53 | ) | | | 7,897 | (53 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
CMOs |
2,011 | (19 | ) | | | 2,011 | (19 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total mortgage-backed
securities |
$ | 13,021 | $ | (137 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 13,021 | $ | (137 | ) | ||||||||||
Total temporarily impaired
Securities |
$ | 25,870 | $ | (457 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 25,870 | $ | (457 | ) | ||||||||||
2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair | Unrealized | Fair | Unrealized | Fair | Unrealized | |||||||||||||||||||
Description of Securities | Value | Losses | Value | Losses | Value | Losses | ||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | (in thousands) | (in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 14,589 | $ | (86 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 14,589 | $ | (86 | ) | ||||||||||
States and political
subdivisions |
591 | (2 | ) | | | 591 | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total debt securities |
$ | 15,180 | $ | (88 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 15,180 | $ | (88 | ) | ||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
FNMA |
$ | 3,079 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 80 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 3,159 | $ | (2 | ) | |||||||||
FHLMC |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
CMOs |
| | 981 | (20 | ) | 981 | (20 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total mortgage-backed
securities |
$ | 3,079 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 1,061 | $ | (21 | ) | $ | 4,140 | $ | (22 | ) | |||||||||
Total temporarily impaired
Securities |
$ | 18,259 | $ | (89 | ) | $ | 1,061 | $ | (21 | ) | $ | 19,320 | $ | (110 | ) | |||||||||
Management has assessed the securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position at
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and determined the decline in fair value below amortized cost to be
temporary. In making this determination, management considered the period of time the securities
were in a loss position, the percentage decline in comparison to the securities amortized cost,
and the financial condition of the issuer (primarily government or government-sponsored
enterprises). In addition, management does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more
likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their
amortized cost. Management believes the decline in fair value is primarily related to market
interest rate fluctuations and not to the credit deterioration of the individual issuers. The
Company holds no securities backed by sub-prime or Alt-A residential mortgages or commercial
mortgages and also does not hold any trust-preferred securities.
While the Company has not recorded any other-than-temporary impairment charges in 2010 or 2009,
gross unrealized losses amount to only 0.5% of the total fair value of the securities portfolio at
December 31, 2010, and none of the unrealized losses have existed for 12 months or longer, it
remains possible that adverse economic conditions could negatively impact the securities portfolio
in 2011. The credit worthiness of the Companys portfolio is largely reliant on the ability of
U.S. government agencies such as FHLB, Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), and the
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), and municipalities throughout New York State to
meet their obligations. In addition, dysfunctional markets could materially alter the liquidity,
interest rate, and pricing risk of the portfolio. The stable past performance is not a guarantee
for similar performance going forward.
75
Table of Contents
3. LOANS AND LEASES, NET
Major categories of loans and leases at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are summarized as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||
Residential mortgages |
$ | 69,958 | $ | 67,330 | ||||
Commercial and multi-family |
261,371 | 243,415 | ||||||
Construction-residential |
1,320 | 2,086 | ||||||
Construction-commercial |
32,332 | 18,156 | ||||||
Home equities |
53,120 | 50,049 | ||||||
Total real estate loans |
418,101 | 381,036 | ||||||
Direct financing leases |
15,475 | 31,486 | ||||||
Commercial and industrial loans |
91,445 | 73,145 | ||||||
Consumer loans |
2,458 | 2,883 | ||||||
Other |
252 | 493 | ||||||
Net deferred loan and lease origination costs |
247 | 525 | ||||||
Total gross loans |
527,978 | 489,568 | ||||||
Allowance for loan and lease losses |
(10,424 | ) | (6,971 | ) | ||||
Loans and leases, net |
$ | 517,554 | $ | 482,597 | ||||
Residential Mortgages: The Company originates adjustable-rate and fixed-rate, one-to-four-family
residential real estate loans for the construction, purchase or refinancing of a mortgage. These
loans are collateralized by owner-occupied properties located in the Companys market area. They
are amortized over 10 to 30 years. Loans on one-to-four-family residential real estate are mostly
originated in amounts of no more than 80% of appraised value or have private mortgage insurance.
Mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance are normally required. Construction loans have a
unique risk, because they are secured by an incomplete dwelling.
The Bank, in its normal course of business, sells certain residential mortgages which it originates
to FNMA. The Company maintains servicing rights on the loans that it sells to FNMA and earns a fee
thereon. The Bank determines with each origination of residential real estate loans which desired
maturities, within the context of overall maturities in the loan portfolio, provide the appropriate
mix to optimize the Banks ability to absorb the corresponding interest rate risk within the
Companys tolerance ranges. This practice allows the Company to manage interest rate risk,
liquidity risk, and credit risk. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had approximately
$44.2 million and $37.4 million, respectively, in unpaid principal balances of loans that it
services for FNMA. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company sold $13.1 million
and $16.2 million, respectively, in loans to FNMA and realized gains on those sales of $152
thousand and $93 thousand, respectively. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are
determined on a specific identification basis. The Company had a related asset of approximately
$0.4 million and $0.3 million for the servicing portfolio rights as of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. There was $2.9 million in loans held for sale at December 31, 2010 compared to $0.3
million at December 31, 2009. Loans held for sale are typically in portfolio for less than a
month. As a result, the carrying value approximates fair value. The Company has never been
contacted by FNMA to repurchase any loans due to improper documentation or fraud.
Due to the lack of foreclosure activity and absence of any ongoing litigation, the Company has no
accrual for loss contingencies or potential costs associated with foreclosure-related activities.
Commercial and Multi-Family Mortgages: Commercial real estate loans are made to finance the
purchases of real estate with completed structures or in the midst of being constructed. These
commercial real estate loans are secured by first liens on the real estate, which may include
apartments, hotels, retail stores or plazas, healthcare facilities, and other non-owner-occupied
facilities. These loans are less risky than commercial and industrial loans, since they are
secured by real estate and buildings. The Company offers commercial mortgage loans with up to an
80% LTV ratio for up to 20 years on a variable and fixed rate basis. Many of these mortgage loans
either mature or are subject to a rate call after three to five years. The Companys underwriting
analysis includes credit verification, independent appraisals, a review of the borrowers financial
condition, and the underlying cash flows. These loans are typically originated in amounts of no
more than 80% of the appraised value of the property. Construction loans have a unique risk,
because they are secured by an incomplete dwelling.
Home Equities: The Company originates home equity lines of credit and second mortgage loans (loans
secured by a second lien position on one-to-four-family residential real estate). These loans
carry a higher risk than first mortgage
76
Table of Contents
residential loans as they are in a second position relating
to collateral. Risk is reduced through underwriting criteria,
which include credit verification, appraisals, a review of the borrowers financial condition, and
personal cash flows. A security interest, with title insurance when necessary, is taken in the
underlying real estate.
Direct Financing Leases: From 2005 to April 2009 the Company originated direct financing leases of
commercial small-ticket general business equipment to companies located throughout the United
States. These leases carry a high risk of loss. As a result of the increase in credit risks, poor
performance in the portfolio, the lack of strategic fit with the Companys community banking
philosophy, and with the intention of reallocating capital back to its core business, management
announced its exit from the national leasing business in April 2009. As a result of managements
decision to sell the portfolio a mark-to-market adjustment of $7.2 million was created on June 30,
2009. The mark was charged off against the allowance. The portfolio was subsequently placed back
into held-for-investment as of September 30, 2009 after management determined that a greater value
for the portfolio would be realized by keeping it rather than selling it. The portfolio was
re-classified as held-for-investment using the same $7.2 million mark. Since that time, leases that
are determined to have zero value have been applied to the remaining mark, rather than charged off
through the allowance.
Commercial and Industrial Loans: These loans generally include term loans and lines of credit.
Such loans are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and
receivables), business expansion (including acquisition of real estate, expansion and improvements)
and equipment purchases. As a general practice, a collateral lien is placed on equipment or other
assets owned by the borrower. These loans carry a higher risk than commercial real estate loans
by the nature of the underlying collateral, which can be business assets such as equipment and
accounts receivable. To reduce the risk, management also attempts to secure real estate as
collateral and obtain personal guarantees of the borrowers. To further reduce risk and enhance
liquidity, these loans generally carry variable rates of interest, re-pricing in three- to
five-year periods, and have a maturity of five years or less. Lines of credit generally carry
floating rates of interest (e.g., prime plus a margin).
Consumer Loans: The Company funds a variety of consumer loans, including direct automobile loans,
recreational vehicle loans, boat loans, aircraft loans, home improvement loans, and personal loans
(collateralized and uncollateralized). Most of these loans carry a fixed rate of interest with
principal repayment terms typically ranging up to five years, based upon the nature of the
collateral and the size of the loan. The majority of consumer loans are underwritten on a secured
basis using the underlying collateral being financed. A minimal amount of loans are unsecured,
which carry a high risk of loss.
Other Loans: These loans include $0.3 million at December 31, 2010 and $0.2 million at December
31, 2009 of overdrawn deposit accounts classified as loans.
Net loan commitment fees or costs for commitment periods greater than one year are deferred and
amortized into fee income or other expense on a straight-line basis over the commitment period.
During the third quarter of 2009, the Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption
agreement (the Agreement) with the FDIC to purchase a failed community bank located in Clarence,
NY called Waterford Village Bank. Included in the purchase was a loan portfolio of $42.0 million.
Included in that purchased portfolio were $2.0 million in credit-impaired loans, which were written
down by $1.2 million at the time of acquisition for a net carrying amount at acquisition of $0.8
million. The balance of the total loan portfolio acquired from Waterford was $34.2 million and
$39.0 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The balance in the purchased
credit-impaired portfolio as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 is as follows:
For the year ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Recorded investment |
$ | 1,062 | $ | 1,678 | ||||
Unaccretable yield |
(733 | ) | (1,003 | ) | ||||
Carrying value |
$ | 329 | $ | 675 | ||||
Allowance |
(35 | ) | | |||||
Net carrying value |
$ | 294 | $ | 675 | ||||
The decline in the balances above are due to normal loan amortization, pay-offs, and charge-offs.
All purchased credit-impaired loans are on non-accrual and thus do not have any accretable yield
associated with them. All of the purchased loans and foreclosed real estate purchased by the Bank
under the Agreement are covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and the Bank which is
included in the Agreement. Under this loss sharing agreement, the FDIC has
77
Table of Contents
agreed to bear 80% of
loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $5.6 million and 95% of losses that exceed $5.6
million. Reimbursable losses are based on the book value of the relevant loans and foreclosed
assets as determined by
the FDIC as of the date of the acquisition. The indemnification asset, which represents the
expected proceeds from FDIC loss share claims related to former Waterford loans which are charged
off, was $0.9 million at December 31, 2010, compared with $1.4 million at December 31, 2009. The
asset declines as losses are reimbursed by the FDIC or losses are not incurred as initially
recorded.
The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses in order to capture the probable
losses inherent in its loan and lease portfolio. There is a risk that the Company may experience
significant loan and lease losses in 2011 and beyond which could exceed the allowance for loan and
lease losses. This risk is heightened by the current uncertain and adverse economic conditions.
If the Companys assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect or bank regulators require the
Company to increase its provision for loan and lease losses or recognize further loan and lease
charge-offs, the Company may have to increase its allowance for loan and lease losses or loan and
lease charge-offs which could have a material adverse effect on the Companys operating results and
financial condition. There can be no assurance that the Companys allowance for loan and lease
losses will be adequate to protect the Company against loan and lease losses that it may incur.
Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008 are as follows:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Balance, beginning of year |
$ | 6,971 | $ | 6,087 | $ | 4,555 | ||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
3,943 | 10,500 | 3,508 | |||||||||
Recoveries |
59 | 242 | 229 | |||||||||
Loans and leases charged off |
(549 | ) | (9,858 | ) | (2,205 | ) | ||||||
Balance, end of year |
$ | 10,424 | $ | 6,971 | $ | 6,087 | ||||||
78
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the allowance for loan and lease losses, as of December 31,
2010, by portfolio segments:
Commercial | Commercial | Direct | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
and | Real Estate | Residential | Home | Financing | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances in 000s | Industrial | Mortgages* | Consumer^ | Mortgages* | Equities | Leases | Unallocated | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan
and lease losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 2,387 | $ | 3,324 | $ | 57 | $ | 559 | $ | 495 | $ | | $ | 149 | $ | 6,971 | ||||||||||||||||
Charge-offs |
(388 | ) | (104 | ) | (57 | ) | | | | | (549 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Recoveries |
4 | 30 | 24 | | 1 | | | 59 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision |
1,432 | 1,002 | 5 | (11 | ) | 44 | 1,471 | | 3,943 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance |
3,435 | 4,252 | 29 | 548 | 540 | 1,471 | 149 | 10,424 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loans
and lease losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Individually
evaluated for
impairment |
$ | 803 | $ | 596 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 78 | $ | | $ | 1,477 | ||||||||||||||||
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment |
2,632 | 3,621 | 29 | 548 | 540 | 1,393 | 149 | 8,912 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans acquired
with deteriorated
credit quality |
| 35 | | | | | | 35 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
3,435 | 4,252 | 29 | 548 | 540 | 1,471 | 149 | 10,424 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and Leases: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Individually
evaluated for
impairment |
$ | 2,203 | $ | 6,574 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 522 | $ | | $ | 9,299 | ||||||||||||||||
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment |
89,242 | 286,954 | 2,556 | 71,278 | 53,120 | 14,953 | | 518,103 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans acquired
with deteriorated
credit quality |
| 175 | 154 | | | | | 329 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
91,445 | 293,703 | 2,710 | 71,278 | 53,120 | 15,475 | | 527,731 |
* | Includes construction loans | |
^ | Includes other loans |
In 2010, the economy remained stagnant, but stabilized somewhat, particularly expectations of
future economic growth. $0.1 million of the $3.9 million provision was directly related to
managements assessment of existing economic conditions. For the loan portfolio, the provision was
largely driven by increased criticized loan balances and overall loan growth. For the leasing
portfolio, the provision was driven by nonaccrual and charge-off trends. While the portfolio
decreased by 50% in 2010, non-accruing leases increased despite $2.7 million in net write-offs in
2010. As noted in the description of direct financing leases earlier in this Note, write-offs are
applied against the remaining mark on the portfolio until it is exhausted. There was $1.5 million
remaining of the mark at December 31, 2010. The following table depicts the activity in the
leasing portfolio, including the mark:
79
Table of Contents
As of December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Direct financing lease principal balance |
$ | 16,968 | $ | 35,645 | ||||
Mark-to-market adjustment |
(1,493 | ) | (4,159 | ) | ||||
Direct financing lease carrying balance |
$ | 15,475 | $ | 31,486 | ||||
For the year ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Beginning balance of mark |
$ | 4,159 | $ | 0 | ||||
Mark-to-market adjustment |
| $ | 7,164 | |||||
Net write-offs |
(2,666 | ) | (3,005 | ) | ||||
Remaining mark |
$ | 1,493 | $ | 4,159 | ||||
Allowance for lease losses, beginning balance |
$ | 0 | $ | 2,450 | ||||
Provision for leases |
1,471 | 6,822 | ||||||
Leasing net charge-offs |
| (9,272 | ) | |||||
Allowance for lease losses, ending balance |
$ | 1,471 | $ | 0 | ||||
Total mark plus allowance |
$ | 2,964 | $ | 4,159 | ||||
Mark plus allowance / leasing principal balance |
17.47 | % | 11.67 | % | ||||
Non-accruing leases |
$ | 2,930 | $ | 2,905 | ||||
Non-accruing leases / leasing principal balance |
17.27 | % | 8.15 | % |
The following table provides data, at the class level, of credit quality indicators of certain
loans and leases, as of December 31, 2010:
Commercial | ||||||||||||||||
Corporate | Commercial | & Multi- | Total | |||||||||||||
Credit Exposure | Real Estate | Family | Commercial | Commercial | ||||||||||||
By Risk Rating | Construction | Mortgages | Real Estate | and Industrial | ||||||||||||
3 |
$ | 25,568 | $ | 212,833 | $ | 238,401 | $ | 60,297 | ||||||||
4 |
2,703 | 37,393 | 40,096 | 19,692 | ||||||||||||
5 |
2,565 | 3,020 | 5,585 | 6,029 | ||||||||||||
6 |
1,496 | 8,125 | 9,621 | 3,992 | ||||||||||||
7 |
| | | 1,435 | ||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 32,332 | $ | 261,371 | $ | 293,703 | $ | 91,445 |
The Companys risk ratings are monitored by the individual relationship managers and changed
as deemed appropriate after receiving updated financial information from the borrowers or
deterioration or improvement in the performance of a loan is evident in the customers payment
history. Each commercial relationship is individually assigned a risk rating. The Company also
maintains a loan review process that monitors the management of the Companys commercial loan
portfolio by the relationship managers. The Companys loan review function reviews at least 40% of
the commercial and commercial mortgage portfolio annually.
The Companys consumer loans, including residential mortgages and home equities, are not
individually risk rated or reviewed in the Companys loan review process. Consumers are not
required to provide the Company with updated financial information as a commercial customer is.
Consumer loans are also smaller in balances. Given the lack of updated information since the
initial underwriting of the loan and small size of individual loans, the Company uses the
delinquency status as the credit quality indicator for consumer loans. The delinquency table is
shown below. The Company does not lend to sub-prime borrowers. Unless the loan is well secured
and in the process of collection, all consumer loans that are more than 90 days past due are placed
in nonaccrual status.
80
Table of Contents
Similar to consumer loans, direct financing leases are evaluated in pools according to delinquency
and accruing status rather than assigned risk ratings. Given the comparable lower credit quality
of the leasing portfolio, leases are rarely kept in accruing status beyond 30 days past due.
Nonaccrual leases are assigned a reserve percentage based on the historical loss history of the
Companys nonaccrual lease portfolio. Evaluating non-accruing leases as a pool is appropriate as
they are small-balance and homogeneous in nature. On a quarterly basis, large leases (defined as
leases greater than $100,000 in balances) are evaluated for any deterioration not readily apparent
through payment performance. If any risk factors become apparent during the review such as
deteriorating financial performance for the customers business or requests for a restructuring
from the original terms of the contract, management places those large leases that are performing
from a payment perspective but have some indications of credit deterioration into a second pool.
These large leases with additional risk are assigned a reserve percentage reflective of the
additional risk characteristics while taking into account the adequate payment performance. All
other leases are placed in a third pool and assigned a reserve percentage commensurate with the
credit history of the Companys leasing portfolio, delinquency trends, nonaccrual trends,
charge-off trends, and general macro-economic factors.
The following table provides an analysis of the age of the recorded investment in loans and leases
that are past due as of December 31, 2010:
Non- | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
accruing | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Past | Current | Total | 90+ Days | and | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
30-59 | 60-89 | 90+ | Due | Balance | Balance | Accruing | Leases | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial |
$ | 403 | $ | 200 | $ | 1,827 | $ | 2,430 | $ | 89,015 | $ | 91,445 | $ | | $ | 2,203 | ||||||||||||||||
Residential real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential |
684 | 393 | 662 | 1,739 | 68,219 | 69,958 | | 696 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction |
| | 186 | 186 | 1,134 | 1,320 | | 186 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial &
multi-family |
351 | 4,196 | 2,014 | 6,561 | 254,810 | 261,371 | | 5,724 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction |
6,277 | | 1,655 | 7,932 | 24,400 | 32,332 | 805 | 850 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home equities |
437 | | 118 | 555 | 52,565 | 53,120 | | 256 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Direct financing leases |
609 | 224 | 1,578 | 2,411 | 13,064 | 15,475 | 1 | 2,930 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer |
83 | 135 | 190 | 408 | 2,050 | 2,458 | | 276 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
1 | | | 1 | 498 | 499 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Loans |
$ | 8,845 | $ | 5,148 | $ | 8,230 | $ | 22,223 | $ | 505,755 | $ | 527,978 | $ | 806 | $ | 13,121 | ||||||||||||||||
The following table provides data, at the class level, of impaired loans and leases:
At December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Unpaid | Average | Interest | ||||||||||||||||||
Recorded | Principal | Related | Recorded | Income | ||||||||||||||||
Investment | Balance | Allowance | Investment | Recognized | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial |
$ | 2,203 | $ | 2,610 | $ | 803 | $ | 2,060 | $ | 28 | ||||||||||
Residential real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Construction residential |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial & multi family |
5,724 | 6,515 | 616 | 2,153 | 189 | |||||||||||||||
Construction commercial |
850 | 867 | 15 | 1,235 | | |||||||||||||||
Home equities |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Direct financing leases |
522 | 524 | 78 | 678 | 52 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Total impaired loans and leases |
$ | 9,299 | $ | 10,516 | $ | 1,512 | $ | 6,126 | $ | 269 | ||||||||||
81
Table of Contents
The Company does not have any impaired loans for which there is no related allowance for
credit loss. The interest income in the table above was interest income recognized prior to these
loans and leases being identified as impaired and placed on nonaccrual. The Company did not
recognize any interest income on those loans and leases while they were on nonaccrual and impaired.
The Company had $2.5 million and $2.2 million in loans and leases that were restructured in a
troubled debt restructuring (TDR) at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. $1.3 million and
$0.9 million of those balances were in non-accrual status at December 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009, respectively. Any TDR that is placed on nonaccrual is not reverted back to accruing status
until the borrower makes timely payments as contracted for at least six months. Those loans and
leases that are in accruing status have shown evidence of performance for at least six months as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009. None of the restructurings are covered under loss-sharing arrangements
with the FDIC or were made under a government assistance program. These restructurings were
allowed in an effort to maximize the Companys ability to collect on loans and leases where
borrowers were experiencing financial difficulty. Most of the Companys TDRs have been in the
leasing portfolio. The most common modification and concession made by the Company is to skip a
lease payment and add an additional payment to the end of the lease. The impact on income from
these modifications in 2010 and 2009 was immaterial. The general practice of the Bank is to work
with borrowers so that they are able to pay back their loan or lease in full. If a borrower
continues to be delinquent or cannot meet the terms of a TDR, the loan or lease will be placed on
nonaccrual or charged off. TDRs are managed similarly to the rest of the portfolio in that their
CQI are considered. The reserve for an impaired TDR is based upon the present value of the future
expected cash flows discounted at the loans original effective rate or upon the fair value of the
collateral, less costs to sell, if the loan is deemed collateral dependent. There were no
commitments to lend additional funds to debtors owing loans or leases whose terms have been
modified in TDRs. The following table summarizes the loans and leases that were classified as
troubled debt restructurings.
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Commercial and industrial |
$ | 166 | $ | 121 | ||||
Residential real estate: |
||||||||
Residential |
| | ||||||
Construction |
| | ||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||
Commercial and multi-family |
139 | 144 | ||||||
Construction |
| | ||||||
Home equities |
68 | 229 | ||||||
Direct financing leases |
2,155 | 1,736 | ||||||
Consumer |
| 18 | ||||||
Other |
| | ||||||
Total troubled restructured loans and leases |
$ | 2,528 | $ | 2,248 | ||||
82
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Banks non-accrual loans and leases and loans and leases 90 days
or more past due and still accruing:
At December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Non-accruing loans and leases: |
||||||||
Commercial and industrial |
$ | 2,203 | $ | 1,784 | ||||
Residential real estate: |
||||||||
Residential |
696 | 978 | ||||||
Construction |
186 | | ||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||
Commercial & multi-family |
5,724 | 2,328 | ||||||
Construction |
850 | 417 | ||||||
Home equities |
256 | 181 | ||||||
Direct financing leases |
2,930 | 2,905 | ||||||
Consumer |
276 | 243 | ||||||
Other |
| | ||||||
Total non-accruing loans and leases |
$ | 13,121 | $ | 8,836 | ||||
Accruing loans 90+ days past due |
806 | 4,112 | ||||||
Total non-performing loans and leases |
$ | 13,927 | $ | 12,948 | ||||
Total non-performing loans and leases to total assets |
2.07 | % | 2.09 | % | ||||
Total non-performing loans and leases to total loans |
2.64 | % | 2.64 | % | ||||
The Bank had no loan commitments to borrowers in non-accrual status at December 31, 2010 and
2009.
The following lists the components of the net investment in direct financing leases as of December
31:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Direct financing lease payments receivable |
$ | 18,765 | $ | 40,579 | ||||
Estimated residual value of leased assets |
315 | 443 | ||||||
Unearned income |
(2,112 | ) | (5,377 | ) | ||||
Remaining mark |
(1,493 | ) | (4,159 | ) | ||||
Net investment in direct financing leases |
$ | 15,475 | $ | 31,486 | ||||
At December 31, 2010, minimum future lease payments to be received are as follows:
Year Ending December 31: |
||||
2011 |
$ | 10,718 | ||
2012 |
5,378 | |||
2013 |
2,531 | |||
2014 |
138 | |||
2015 |
| |||
$ | 18,765 | |||
As of December 31, 2010, there were $150 million in residential and commercial mortgage loans
pledged to FHLBNY to serve as collateral for borrowings.
83
Table of Contents
4. PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT
Properties and equipment at December 31 were as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Land |
$ | 268 | $ | 268 | ||||
Buildings and improvements |
12,351 | 10,532 | ||||||
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment |
10,276 | 9,329 | ||||||
22,895 | 20,129 | |||||||
Less accumulated depreciation |
(12,054 | ) | (10,848 | ) | ||||
Properties and equipment, net |
$ | 10,841 | $ | 9,281 | ||||
Depreciation expense totaled $1.2 million in 2010, $1.1 million in 2009 and $950 thousand in 2008.
5. OTHER ASSETS
Other assets at December 31 were as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Net deferred tax asset |
$ | 5,446 | $ | 3,863 | ||||
Accrued interest receivable |
2,376 | 2,241 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses |
2,545 | 3,390 | ||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
388 | 252 | ||||||
Indemnification asset (FDIC loss share) |
876 | 1,422 | ||||||
Other |
2,785 | 2,307 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 14,416 | $ | 13,475 | ||||
6. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2010 and
2009, by operating segment, are as follows:
Banking | Insurance Agency | |||||||||||
Activities | Activities | Total | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Balance as of January 1, 2010 |
$ | | $ | 8,101 | $ | 8,101 | ||||||
Goodwill acquired during the period |
| | | |||||||||
Goodwill impaired during the period |
| | | |||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2010 |
$ | | $ | 8,101 | $ | 8,101 | ||||||
Banking | Insurance Agency | |||||||||||
Activities | Activities | Total | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Balance as of January 1, 2009 |
$ | 1,945 | $ | 8,101 | $ | 10,046 | ||||||
Goodwill acquired during the period |
40 | | 40 | |||||||||
Goodwill impaired during the period |
(1,985 | ) | | (1,985 | ) | |||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2009 |
$ | | $ | 8,101 | $ | 8,101 | ||||||
The Company measures the fair value of its reporting units with goodwill annually, as of December
31 utilizing the market value and income methods. When using the cash flow models, management
considered historical information, the operating budget, and strategic goals in projecting net
income and cash flows for the next five years. The continued credit deterioration in the leasing
portfolio and the Companys strategic decision to exit the national leasing business prompted the
Company to perform a goodwill impairment test of the leasing reporting unit at March 31, 2009. The
test indicated the goodwill related to the leasing reporting unit was impaired. As a result, the
Company recognized an impairment charge of $2.0 million related to a write-off of all of the
Companys goodwill allocated to the leasing reporting unit.
84
Table of Contents
No impairment was recognized as a result of the goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2010.
Further discussion of the Companys goodwill impairment testing is in Note 1.
Information regarding the Companys other intangible assets at December 31 follows:
Gross | Weighted Avg | Initial | ||||||||||||||||||
Carrying | Accumulated | Amortization | Amortization | |||||||||||||||||
2010 | Amount | Amortization | Net | Period | Period | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Customer contracts |
$ | 729 | (729 | ) | $ | | | 2 years | ||||||||||||
Non-compete agreements |
$ | 738 | $ | (694 | ) | $ | 44 | 2 years | 5 years | |||||||||||
Insurance expirations |
$ | 4,585 | (3,461 | ) | 1,124 | 5 years | 10 years | |||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 6,052 | $ | (4,884 | ) | $ | 1,168 | 4 years | ||||||||||||
Gross | Weighted Avg | Initial | ||||||||||||||||||
Carrying | Accumulated | Amortization | Amortization | |||||||||||||||||
2009 | Amount | Amortization | Net | Period | Period | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Customer contracts |
$ | 729 | (365 | ) | $ | 364 | 2 years | 2 years | ||||||||||||
Non-compete agreements |
$ | 738 | $ | (666 | ) | $ | 72 | 5 years | 5 years | |||||||||||
Insurance expirations |
$ | 4,585 | (2,953 | ) | 1,632 | 7 years | 10 years | |||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 6,052 | $ | (3,984 | ) | $ | 2,068 | 6 years | ||||||||||||
Amortization expense related to intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
were $900 thousand, $930 thousand and $681 thousand, respectively. Estimated amortization expense
for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:
Year Ending | ||||
December 31 | Amount | |||
(in thousands) | ||||
2011 |
$ | 484 | ||
2012 |
347 | |||
2013 |
217 | |||
2014 |
120 | |||
2015 |
|
7. DEPOSITS
Time deposits, with minimum denominations of $100 thousand each, totaled $57.3 million and $59.3
million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were $0.3 million and $0.2 million of
overdraft accounts in deposits that have been reclassified to loans as of December 31, 2010 and
2009, respectively.
At December 31, 2010, the scheduled maturities of all time deposits are as follows:
(in thousands) | ||||
2011 |
$ | 74,931 | ||
2012 |
24,848 | |||
2013 |
6,583 | |||
2014 |
5,346 | |||
2015 |
30,640 | |||
$ | 142,348 | |||
Some of the Companys time deposits were obtained through brokered transactions and the Companys
participation in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS). Brokered time
deposits totaled $14.7 million and $13.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The
Bank joined the CDARS program in 2009. The Bank had $2.7 million in CDARS deposits at both
December 31, 2010 and 2009.
85
Table of Contents
8. BORROWED FUNDS AND JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
Other borrowed funds consisted primarily of various advances from the FHLB with both fixed and
variable interest rate terms ranging from 0.40% to 3.55%. The maturities and weighted average
rates of other borrowed funds at December 31, 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Weighted | ||||||||
Average | ||||||||
Maturities | Rate | |||||||
2011 |
$ | 13,669 | 1.41 | % | ||||
2012 |
3,000 | 2.52 | % | |||||
2013 |
10,000 | 3.28 | % | |||||
2014 |
9,000 | 3.53 | % | |||||
2015 |
| | ||||||
Thereafter |
| | ||||||
Total |
$ | 35,669 | 2.56 | % | ||||
Other short-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2010 consisted of an overnight line of
credit with the FHLB of $8.6 million and $5.1 million from an FHLB advance that had an original
maturity of greater than one year that as of December 31, 2010 has less than one year until
maturity. The Bank has the ability to borrow additional funds from the FHLB based on the available
securities or residential real estate loans that can be used as collateral, and to purchase
additional federal funds through one of the Banks correspondent banks.
The amounts and interest rates of other short-term borrowings were as follows:
Overnight Line | Other Short-Term | |||||||||||
of Credit | Borrowings | Total | ||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
At December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||
Amount Outstanding |
8,600 | 5,069 | 13,669 | |||||||||
Weighted-average interest rate |
0.40 | % | 3.13 | % | 1.41 | % | ||||||
For the year ended December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||
Highest amount at a month-end |
21,900 | 5,069 | ||||||||||
Daily average amount outstanding |
4,592 | 4,027 | 8,619 | |||||||||
Weighted-average interest rate |
0.45 | % | 3.13 | % | 1.70 | % | ||||||
At December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||
Amount Outstanding |
19,090 | | 19,090 | |||||||||
Weighted-average interest rate |
0.32 | % | | 0.32 | % | |||||||
For the year ended December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||
Highest amount at a month-end |
26,515 | | ||||||||||
Daily average amount outstanding |
8,680 | | 8,680 | |||||||||
Weighted-average interest rate |
0.49 | % | | 0.49 | % | |||||||
At December 31, 2008 |
||||||||||||
Amount Outstanding |
23,590 | 7,105 | 30,695 | |||||||||
Weighted-average interest rate |
0.44 | % | 2.70 | % | 0.96 | % | ||||||
For the year ended December 31, 2008 |
||||||||||||
Highest amount at a month-end |
44,522 | 7,105 | ||||||||||
Daily average amount outstanding |
11,984 | 6,230 | 18,214 | |||||||||
Weighted-average interest rate |
2.78 | % | 2.71 | % | 2.75 | % |
On October 1, 2004, Evans Capital Trust I, a statutory business trust wholly-owned by the Company
(the Trust), issued $11.0 million in aggregate principal amount of floating rate preferred
capital securities due November 23, 2034 (the Capital Securities) classified on the Companys
consolidated balance sheets as Junior Subordinated Debentures. The distribution rate on the
Capital Securities of the Trust adjusts quarterly based on changes in the three-month London
Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and was 2.93% at December 31, 2010.
86
Table of Contents
The Capital Securities have a distribution rate of 3 month LIBOR plus 2.65%, and the distribution
dates are February 23, May 23, August 23 and November 23.
The common securities of the Trust (the Common Securities) are wholly-owned by the Company and
are the only class of each Trusts securities possessing general voting powers. The Capital
Securities represent preferred undivided interests in the assets of the corresponding Trust. Under
the Federal Reserve Boards current risk-based capital guidelines, the Capital Securities are
includable in the Companys Tier 1 (Core) capital.
The proceeds from the issuances of the Capital Securities and Common Securities were used by the
Trust to purchase $11.3 million aggregate liquidation amount of floating rate junior subordinated
deferrable interest debentures (Junior Subordinated Debentures) of the Company, due October 1,
2037, comprised of $11.0 million of Capital Securities and $330 thousand of Common Securities. The
$330 thousand of Common Securities represent the initial capital contribution of the Company to the
Trust, which, in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 810 Consolidation, have not been
consolidated and are included in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheet.
The Junior Subordinated Debentures represent the sole assets of the Trust, and payments under the
Junior Subordinated Debentures are the sole source of cash flow for the Trust. The interest rate
payable on the Junior Subordinated Debentures was 2.93% at December 31, 2010.
Holders of the Capital Securities receive preferential cumulative cash distributions on each
distribution date at the stated distribution rate, unless the Company exercises its right to extend
the payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures for up to twenty quarterly periods,
in which case payment of distributions on the respective Capital Securities will be deferred for
comparable periods. During an extended interest period, in accordance with terms as defined in the
indenture relating to the Capital Securities, the Company may not pay dividends or distributions
on, or repurchase, redeem or acquire any shares of its capital stock. The agreements governing the
Capital Securities, in the aggregate, provide a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee by
the Company of the payment of distributions on, the redemption of, and any liquidation distribution
with respect to the Capital Securities. The obligations under such guarantee and the Capital
Securities are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of the
Company.
The Capital Securities will remain outstanding until the Junior Subordinated Debentures are repaid
at maturity, are redeemed prior to maturity or are distributed in liquidation to the Trust. The
Capital Securities are mandatorily redeemable in whole, but not in part, upon repayment at the
stated maturity dates of the Junior Subordinated Debentures or the earlier redemption of the Junior
Subordinated Debentures in whole upon the occurrence of one or more events (Events) set forth in
the indentures relating to the Capital Securities, and in whole or in part at any time after the
stated optional redemption date of November 23, 2009, contemporaneously with the optional
redemption of the related Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole or in part. The Junior
Subordinated Debentures are redeemable prior to their stated maturity dates at the Companys
option: (i) on or after the stated optional redemption dates, in whole at any time or in part from
time to time; or (ii) in whole, but not in part, at any time within 90 days following the
occurrence and during the continuation of one or more of the Events, in each case subject to
possible regulatory approval. The redemption price of the Capital Securities and the related
Junior Subordinated Debentures upon early redemption would be at the liquidation amount plus
accumulated but unpaid distributions.
9. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
The Bank enters into agreements with customers to sell securities owned by the Bank to the
customers and repurchase the identical security, generally within one day. No physical movement of
the securities is involved. The customer is informed the securities are held in safekeeping by the
Bank on behalf of the customer. The Bank had $5.2 million and $5.5 million in securities sold
under agreement to repurchase at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
87
Table of Contents
10. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following tables display the components of other comprehensive (loss) income:
2010 | ||||||||||||
Income | ||||||||||||
Before-tax | Tax (Provision) | |||||||||||
Amount | Benefit | Net | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Unrealized loss on
investment securities: |
||||||||||||
Unrealized holding loss during period |
$ | (298 | ) | $ | 121 | $ | (177 | ) | ||||
Less: reclassification adjustment
for gains realized in net income |
7 | (3 | ) | 4 | ||||||||
Net unrealized loss |
(305 | ) | 124 | (181 | ) | |||||||
Increase in pension liability |
(292 | ) | 108 | (184 | ) | |||||||
Net other comprehensive loss |
$ | (597 | ) | $ | 232 | $ | (365 | ) | ||||
2009 | ||||||||||||
Income | ||||||||||||
Before-tax | Tax (Provision) | |||||||||||
Amount | Benefit | Net | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Unrealized gains on
investment securities: |
||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gains during period |
$ | 500 | $ | (196 | ) | $ | 304 | |||||
Less: reclassification adjustment
for gains realized in net income |
18 | (7 | ) | 11 | ||||||||
Net unrealized gain |
482 | (189 | ) | 293 | ||||||||
Decrease in pension liability |
223 | (87 | ) | 136 | ||||||||
Net other comprehensive income |
$ | 705 | $ | (276 | ) | $ | 429 | |||||
2008 | ||||||||||||
Income | ||||||||||||
Before-tax | Tax (Provision) | |||||||||||
Amount | Benefit | Net | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Unrealized gains on
investment securities: |
||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gains during period |
$ | 425 | $ | (165 | ) | $ | 260 | |||||
Less: reclassification adjustment
for gains realized in net income |
10 | (4 | ) | 6 | ||||||||
Net unrealized gain |
415 | (161 | ) | 254 | ||||||||
Increase in pension liability and
effect of pension curtailment |
(1,321 | ) | 514 | (807 | ) | |||||||
Net other comprehensive loss |
$ | (906 | ) | $ | 353 | $ | (553 | ) | ||||
11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
Employees Pension Plan
The Bank has a defined benefit pension plan that covered substantially all employees of the
Company. The Pension Plan provides benefits that are based on the employees compensation and
years of service. The Bank uses an actuarial method of amortizing prior service cost and
unrecognized net gains or losses which result from actual experience and assumptions being
different than those that are projected. The amortization method the Bank uses recognizes the
prior service cost and net gains or losses over the average remaining service period of active
employees which exceeds the required amortization. The Pension Plan was frozen effective January
31, 2008. The freezing of the Pension Plan was considered a curtailment, which resulted in the
elimination of the unrecognized prior service cost and the unrecognized net loss. The elimination
of those two components resulted in a $328 thousand pre-tax gain on curtailment in 2008.
88
Table of Contents
Under the freeze, eligible employees will receive the benefits already earned through January 31,
2008 at retirement, but will not be able to accrue any additional benefits. As a result, service
cost will no longer be incurred.
Selected Financial Information for the Pension Plan is as follows:
12/31/2010 | 12/31/2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Change in benefit obligation: |
||||||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of year |
$ | 3,648 | $ | 3,629 | ||||
Service cost |
| | ||||||
Interest cost |
219 | 215 | ||||||
Assumption change |
248 | 28 | ||||||
Actuarial loss |
94 | 43 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(114 | ) | (267 | ) | ||||
Benefit obligation at end of year |
4,095 | 3,648 | ||||||
Change in plan assets: |
||||||||
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year |
2,641 | 2,304 | ||||||
Actual return on plan assets |
421 | 604 | ||||||
Employer contributions |
150 | | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(114 | ) | (267 | ) | ||||
Fair value of plan assets at end of year |
3,098 | 2,641 | ||||||
Funded status |
$ | (997 | ) | $ | (1,007 | ) | ||
Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets consists of: |
||||||||
Accrued benefit liabilities |
$ | (997 | ) | $ | (1,007 | ) | ||
Amount recognized in Accumulated
Other Comprehensive loss consist of: |
||||||||
Net actuarial loss |
1,068 | 982 | ||||||
Prior service cost |
| | ||||||
Net amount recognized in equity pre-tax |
$ | 1,068 | $ | 982 | ||||
Net amount recognized on Consolidated Balance
Sheets in Other Liabilities |
$ | 71 | $ | (25 | ) | |||
Accumulated benefit obligation at year end |
$ | 4,095 | $ | 3,648 | ||||
Valuations of the Pension Plan as shown above were conducted as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (the
measurement date). In accordance with ASC Topic 715, Compensation Retirement Benefits, in 2008
the Bank transitioned its measurement date from September 30 to December 31. Assumptions used by
the Bank in the determination of Pension Plan information consisted of the following:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Discount rate for projected benefit obligation |
5.46 | % | 5.95 | % | 6.01 | % | ||||||
Discounted rate for net periodic pension cost |
5.95 | % | 6.01 | % | 6.35 | % | ||||||
Rate of increase in compensation levels |
| % | | % | | % | ||||||
Expected long-term rate of return on plan
assets |
7.50 | % | 7.50 | % | 7.50 | % |
The components of net periodic benefit cost consisted of the following:
(12 mo. ended) | (12 mo. ended) | (15 mo. ended) | ||||||||||
12/31/2010 | 12/31/2009 | 12/31/2008 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Interest cost |
219 | 215 | 292 | |||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(194 | ) | (169 | ) | (364 | ) | ||||||
Net amortization and deferral |
28 | 55 | (5 | ) | ||||||||
Net periodic benefit cost |
$ | 53 | $ | 101 | $ | (77 | ) | |||||
As noted above, the Bank transitioned its measurement date from September 30 to December 31 in
2008. The amount of the net periodic benefit cost that was incurred in the fiscal year 2008 is
reflected in the income statement. The after-tax
89
Table of Contents
amount incurred in the stub period of October 1, 2007-December 31, 2007 runs through retained
earnings. The total of the 15-month period is shown in the table above. The components of the
15-month period are shown in the table below:
(15 mo. ended) | (12 mo. ended) | (3 mo. ended) | ||||||||||
12/31/2008 | 12/31/2008 | 12/31/2007 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Interest cost |
292 | 226 | 66 | |||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(364 | ) | (291 | ) | (73 | ) | ||||||
Net amortization and deferral |
(5 | ) | (1 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||
Net periodic benefit cost |
$ | (77 | ) | $ | (66 | ) | $ | (11 | ) | |||
The estimated amounts to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic
cost in 2011 for amortization of actuarial loss will be $26 thousand.
The expected long-term rate of return on Pension Plan assets assumption was determined based on
historical returns earned by equity and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect future return
expectations based on plan targeted asset allocation. Equity and fixed income securities were
assumed to earn returns in the ranges of 9% to 10% and 5% to 6%, respectively. When these overall
return expectations are applied to the Pension Plans targeted allocation, the expected rate of
return is determined to be 7.50%, which is approximately the mid-point of the range of expected
return. The weighted average asset allocation of the Pension Plan at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
the Pension Plan measurement date, was as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Asset category: |
||||||||
Equity mutual funds |
59.6 | % | 57.9 | % | ||||
Fixed income security mutual funds |
39.5 | % | 41.2 | % | ||||
Cash |
0.9 | % | 0.9 | % | ||||
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | |||||
The Companys targeted long-term asset allocation on average will approximate 60% with equity
managers and 40% with fixed income managers. This allocation is consistent with the Companys goal
of diversifying the Pension Plan assets in order to preserve capital while achieving investment
results that will contribute to the proper funding of pension obligations and cash flow
requirements. The Companys management regularly reviews the Pension Plans actual asset
allocation and periodically rebalances its investments to the targeted allocation when considered
appropriate. The Companys management believes that 7.50% is a reasonable long-term rate of return
on the Pension Plans Qualified Plan assets. The Companys management will continue to evaluate
its actuarial assumptions, including the expected rate of return, at least annually, and will
adjust as necessary. The Company contributed $150 thousand to the Pension Plan for the 2010 plan
year. The Company estimates that it will contribute $85 thousand to the Pension Plan in 2011.
The major categories of assets in the Banks Pension Plan as of year-end are presented in the
following table. Assets are segregated according to their investment objective by the level of the
valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy established by ASC Topic 820 utilized to measure
fair value (see Note 19 Fair Value of Financial Instruments).
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Level 1: |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | 28 | $ | 25 | ||||
Level 2: |
||||||||
Pooled separate accounts: |
||||||||
Bonds |
$ | 1,224 | $ | 1,088 | ||||
Equities: |
||||||||
Balanced |
154 | 135 | ||||||
Large cap value |
212 | 180 | ||||||
Large cap growth |
346 | 296 | ||||||
Mid cap |
539 | 423 | ||||||
Small cap |
307 | 235 | ||||||
International |
288 | 259 | ||||||
Total fair value of plan assets |
$ | 3,098 | $ | 2,641 | ||||
90
Table of Contents
Pooled separate accounts (PSAs) invest in designated mutual funds. The PSA owns and holds the
underlying mutual fund shares which are valued daily at the net asset values (NAV). The Pension
Plan holds units of participation in the PSA. The accumulation unit value (AUV) is the value
of each unit in the PSA and the PSA is valued daily as the number of accumulation units held
multiplied by the AUV. The AUV is first established when a new fund starts and is then determined
daily based on the NAV of shares of the underlying fund, the funds dividends, and the contracts
separate account charges. The fund NAVs are available from the custodian or, in some cases, from
national exchanges. The contracts daily asset charge (separate account charge) is communicated to
Pension Plan management in the contract and applicable notice of change. Since the AUV is
determined based on a combination of the fund NAV and the separate account charges, Level 2 is the
appropriate classification for PSAs.
The investment objective of fixed-income, or bond, funds is to maximize investment return while
preserving investment principal. The investment objective of equity funds is long-term capital
appreciation with current income. Equity funds are diversified among various industries.
The discount rate utilized by the Company for determining future pension obligations is based on a
review of long-term bonds that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating
agency. The discount rate determined on this basis decreased from 5.95% at December 31, 2009 to
5.46% at December 31, 2010 (or the measurement date) for the Companys Pension Plan.
Expected benefit payments under the Pension Plan over the next ten years at December 31, 2010 are
as follows:
(in thousands) | ||||
2011 |
$ | 146 | ||
2012 |
164 | |||
2013 |
183 | |||
2014 |
182 | |||
2015 |
200 | |||
Years 2016-2020 |
1,094 |
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans
The Bank also maintains a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (the SERP)
covering certain members of the Companys senior management. The SERP was amended during 2003 to
provide a benefit based on a percentage of final average earnings, as opposed to the fixed benefit
that the superseded plan provided for.
On April 8, 2010, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the
adoption of the Evans Bank, N.A. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (the
Senior Executive SERP). The old SERP plan will keep its participants at the time of the
creation of the Senior Executive SERP, but any future executives identified by the Board of
Directors as eligible for SERP benefits will participate in the Senior Executive SERP. A
participant is generally entitled to receive a benefit under the Senior Executive SERP upon a
termination of employment, other than for cause, after the participant has completed 10 full
calendar years of service with the Bank. No benefit is payable under the Senior Executive SERP if
the participants employment is terminated for cause or if the participant voluntarily terminates
before completing 10 full calendar years of service with the Bank. In addition, the payment of
benefits under the Senior Executive SERP is conditioned upon certain agreements of the participant
related to confidentiality, cooperation, non-competition, and non-solicitation. A participant will
be entitled to a retirement benefit under the Senior Executive SERP if his or her employment with
the Bank terminates other than for cause on or after the date the participant attains age 65.
The accrued benefit is based on a percentage of the participants final average earnings, which
is determined based upon the participants total annual compensation over the highest consecutive
five calendar years of the participants employment with the Bank, accrued over the participants
required benefit service. The percentages and years of service requirements are set forth in
each participants Participation Agreement, and range from 25% to 35% and from 15 to 20 years.
The obligations related to the two SERP plans are indirectly funded by various life insurance
contracts naming the Bank as beneficiary. The Bank has also indirectly funded the SERPs, as well
as other benefits provided to other employees through bank-owned life insurance. The Bank uses an
actuarial method of amortizing unrecognized net gains or losses which result from actual experience
and assumptions being different than those that are projected. The amortization method the Bank is
using recognizes the net gains or losses over the average remaining service period of active
employees, which exceeds the required amortization.
91
Table of Contents
Selected financial information for the two SERP plans is as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Change in benefit obligation: |
||||||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of year |
$ | 3,200 | $ | 2,875 | ||||
Service cost |
164 | 63 | ||||||
Interest cost |
188 | 179 | ||||||
Plan amendments |
260 | 146 | ||||||
Actuarial gain |
42 | 130 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(193 | ) | (193 | ) | ||||
Benefit obligations at end of year |
3,661 | 3,200 | ||||||
Change in plan assets: |
||||||||
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year |
| | ||||||
Actual return on plan assets |
| | ||||||
Contributions to the plan |
193 | 193 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(193 | ) | (193 | ) | ||||
Fair value of plan assets at end of year |
| | ||||||
Funded status |
$ | (3,661 | ) | $ | (3,200 | ) | ||
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
consists of: |
||||||||
Accrued benefit liability |
$ | (3,661 | ) | $ | (3,200 | ) | ||
Amount recognized in Accumulated other
Comprehensive loss consist of: |
||||||||
Net actuarial loss |
518 | 487 | ||||||
Prior service cost |
524 | 351 | ||||||
Net amount recognized in equity pre-tax |
$ | 1,042 | $ | 838 | ||||
Net amount recognized on Consolidated Balance
Sheets in Other Liabilities |
$ | (2,619 | ) | $ | (2,362 | ) | ||
Accumulated benefit obligation at year end |
$ | 3,153 | $ | 2,882 | ||||
Valuations of the SERP liability, as shown above, were conducted as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Assumptions used by the Bank in both years in the determination of SERP information consisted of
the following:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Discount rate for projected benefit obligation |
5.34 | % | 5.60 | % | 6.43 | % | ||||||
Discount rate for net periodic pension cost |
5.60 | % | 6.43 | % | 6.25 | % | ||||||
Salary scale |
4.36 | % | 3.50 | % | 5.00 | % |
The discount rate utilized by the Company for determining future pension obligations is based on a
review of long-term bonds that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating
agency. The discount rate determined on this basis decreased from 5.60% at December 31, 2009 to
5.34% at December 31, 2010 (or the measurement date) for the SERP.
The components of net periodic benefit cost consisted of the following:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | 164 | $ | 63 | $ | 59 | ||||||
Interest cost |
188 | 179 | 174 | |||||||||
Net amortization and deferral |
97 | 66 | 75 | |||||||||
Net periodic benefit cost |
$ | 449 | $ | 308 | $ | 308 | ||||||
The estimated amounts to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic
benefit cost in 2011 for prior service costs and actuarial loss will be $87 thousand and $11
thousand, respectively.
92
Table of Contents
Expected benefit payments under the SERP over the next ten years at December 31, 2010 were as
follows:
(in thousands) | ||||
2011 |
$ | 193 | ||
2012 |
193 | |||
2013 |
287 | |||
2014 |
287 | |||
2015 |
287 | |||
2016-2020 |
1,433 |
Other Compensation Plans
The Company also maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain directors.
Expenses under this plan were approximately $31 thousand in 2010, $30 thousand in 2009 and $51
thousand in 2008. The estimated present value of the benefit obligation included in other
liabilities was $0.4 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This
obligation is indirectly funded by life insurance contracts naming the Bank as beneficiary. The
increase in cash surrender value is included in other non-interest income on the Consolidated
Statements of Income.
The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan whereby certain directors and certain
officers may defer a portion of their base pre-tax compensation. Additionally, the Company has a
non-qualified executive incentive retirement plan, whereby the Company defers on behalf of certain
officers a portion of their base compensation, as well as an incentive award based upon Company
performance, until retirement or termination of service, subject to certain vesting arrangements.
Expense under these plans was approximately $133 thousand in 2010, $113 thousand in 2009 and $163
thousand in 2008. The benefit obligation, included in other liabilities in the Companys
consolidated balance sheets, was $2.0 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively.
These benefit plans are indirectly funded by bank-owned life insurance contracts with a total
aggregate cash surrender value of approximately $12.4 million and $11.9 million at December 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively. Increases in cash surrender value are included in other non-interest
income on the Companys Consolidated Statements of Income. Endorsement split-dollar life insurance
benefits have also been provided to directors and certain officers of the Bank and its subsidiaries
during employment.
The Bank also has a defined contribution retirement and thrift 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan) for
its employees who meet certain length of service and age requirements. The provisions of the
401(k) Plan allow eligible employees to contribute a portion of their annual salary, up to the IRS
statutory limit. Employees receive a 100% match from the Bank on contributions up to 4% of base
salary, and a 50% match on contributions greater than 4% of base salary, up to 8% of salary.
Employees vest in employer contributions over six years. The Companys expense under the 401(k)
Plan was approximately $271 thousand, $259 thousand and $237 thousand for the years ended December
31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
At December 31, 2010, the Company had two stock-based compensation plans, which are described
below. The Company accounts for the fair value of its grants under those plans in accordance with
ASC Topic 718, Compensation Stock Compensation. The compensation cost charged against income
for those plans was $166 thousand, $154 thousand, and $147 thousand for 2010, 2009, and 2008,
respectively, included in Salaries and Employee Benefits in the Companys Consolidated Statements
of Income. All stock option expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the expected vesting
term. In addition, expense for director options was recognized to reflect $50 thousand, $0, and
$27 thousand in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as part of Other expense in the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Income.
2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan
Under the Companys 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan and, prior to the adoption of that plan by
shareholders in April 2009, under the Companys 1999 Employee Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive
Plan (together, the Equity Plans), the Company may grant options or restricted stock to officers,
directors and key employees for up to 329,796 shares of common stock. Under the Equity Plan, the
exercise price of each option is not to be less than 100% of the market price of the Companys
stock on the date of grant and an options maximum term is ten years. If available, the Company
normally issues shares out of its treasury for any options exercised or restricted shares issued.
The options have vesting schedules from 6 months through 10 years. At December 31, 2010, there
were a total of 99,958 shares available for grant under the Equity Plans.
93
Table of Contents
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Dividend Yield |
2.73 | % | 6.31 | % | 4.76 | % | ||||||
Expected Life (years) |
7.0 | 10.0 | 10.0 | |||||||||
Expected Volatility |
16.97 | % | 17.91 | % | 15.58 | % | ||||||
Risk-free Interest Rate |
3.26 | % | 3.51 | % | 4.15 | % | ||||||
Weighted Average Fair Value |
$ | 2.31 | $ | 1.50 | $ | 2.16 |
The Company used historical volatility calculated using daily closing prices for its common stock
over periods that match the expected term of the option granted to estimate the expected
volatility. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based upon U.S. Treasury yields appropriate
for the expected term of the Companys stock options based upon the date of grant. The expected
dividend yield was based upon the Companys recent history of paying dividends. The expected life
was based upon the options expected vesting schedule and historical exercise patterns. Future
compensation cost expected to be expensed over the weighted average remaining contractual term for
remaining outstanding options is $139 thousand.
Stock options activity for 2010 was as follows:
Weighted Average Remaining |
Aggregate Intrinsic |
|||||||||||||||
Weighted Average | Contractual Term | Value ($ in | ||||||||||||||
Options | Exercise Price | (years) | thousands) | |||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2009 |
205,549 | $ | 16.39 | |||||||||||||
Granted |
7,520 | 14.65 | ||||||||||||||
Exercised |
| | ||||||||||||||
Expired |
(8,101 | ) | 20.71 | |||||||||||||
Forfeited |
| | ||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2010 |
204,968 | $ | 16.15 | 6.86 | $ | 113 | ||||||||||
Exercisable, December 31, 2010 |
109,412 | $ | 18.24 | 5.64 | $ | 28 |
Restricted stock award activity for 2010 was as follows:
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair |
||||||||
Shares | Value | |||||||
Balance, December 31, 2009 |
10,210 | $ | 12.99 | |||||
Granted |
5,600 | 12.76 | ||||||
Vested |
(2,761 | ) | 12.94 | |||||
Forfeited |
(286 | ) | 12.25 | |||||
Balance, December 31, 2010 |
12,763 | $ | 12.92 |
As of December 31, 2010, there was $102 thousand in unrecognized compensation cost related to
restricted share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Equity Plans. The unrecognized
compensation cost is scheduled to be recognized as follows:
(in thousands) | ||||
2011 |
$ | 38 | ||
2012 |
38 | |||
2013 |
25 | |||
2014 |
1 |
During fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, the following activity occurred under the Companys plans:
(in thousands) | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Total fair value of restricted stock awards vested |
$ | 138 | $ | 85 | $ | 84 |
94
Table of Contents
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company also maintains the Evans Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Purchase
Plan). As of December 31, 2010, there were 15,423 shares of common stock available to issue to
its full-time employees, nearly all of whom are eligible to participate. Under the terms of the
Purchase Plan, employees can choose each year to have up to 15% of their annual base earnings
withheld to purchase the Companys common stock. The Company grants options on January 1 and July
1 of each year during the term of the Purchase Plan. The purchase price of the stock is 85% of the
lower of its price on the grant date or the exercise date. During fiscal 2010, approximately 44%
of eligible employees participated in the Purchase Plan. Under the Purchase Plan, the Company
issued 18,657, 19,735, and 14,037 shares to employees in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Compensation cost is recognized for the fair value of the employees purchase rights, which was
estimated using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
| | | | | |||||||||||
Dividend Yield |
3.35 | % | 6.00 | % | 4.63 | % | ||||||
Expected Life (years) |
0.50 | 0.50 | 0.50 | |||||||||
Expected Volatility |
35.16 | % | 49.36 | % | 23.30 | % | ||||||
Risk-free Interest Rate |
0.19 | % | 0.31 | % | 3.69 | % | ||||||
Weighted Average Fair Value |
$ | 3.96 | $ | 4.41 | $ | 4.52 |
The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Purchase Plan was $74 thousand,
$87 thousand, and $63 thousand for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
13. INCOME TAXES
The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Current federal tax expense |
$ | 2,852 | $ | 366 | $ | 2,376 | ||||||
Current state tax expense |
738 | 388 | 413 | |||||||||
Total current tax expense |
$ | 3,590 | $ | 754 | $ | 2,789 | ||||||
Deferred federal tax benefit |
$ | (1,212 | ) | $ | (1,082 | ) | $ | (642 | ) | |||
Deferred state tax benefit |
(140 | ) | (275 | ) | (58 | ) | ||||||
Total deferred tax benefit |
$ | (1,352 | ) | $ | (1,357 | ) | $ | (700 | ) | |||
Total income tax provision (benefit) |
$ | 2,238 | $ | (603 | ) | $ | 2,089 | |||||
The Companys provision for income taxes differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal
income tax statutory rates to income before income taxes. A reconciliation of the differences is
as follows:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax provision at
statutory rate |
$ | 2,406 | 34 | % | $ | 36 | 34 | % | $ | 2,379 | 34 | % | ||||||||||||
Decrease in taxes
resulting from: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax-exempt interest income |
(580 | ) | (8 | ) | (582 | ) | (557 | ) | (499 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||||||||
Tax-exempt BOLI income* |
(196 | ) | (188 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Provision adjustment to tax*
returns |
(26 | ) | (25 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Increase in taxes
resulting from: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
State taxes, net of federal
benefit |
394 | 6 | 74 | 71 | 183 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disallowed stock option expense* |
48 | 46 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Disallowed entertainment expense* |
23 | 22 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Disallowed club dues* |
17 | 16 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other items, net |
18 | | 3 | 4 | 26 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) provision |
$ | 2,238 | 32 | % | $ | (603 | ) | (577 | %) | $ | 2,089 | 30 | % | |||||||||||
* | Denotes items in which the tax effect of the reconciling difference represents greater than 5% of income before taxes in 2009, but less than 5% in 2010 and 2008. |
95
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2010 and 2009 the components of the net deferred tax asset were as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Pension premiums |
$ | 1,769 | $ | 1,603 | ||||
Allowance for loan and lease losses |
4,674 | 4,187 | ||||||
Non accrued interest |
199 | 168 | ||||||
Deferred compensation |
955 | 970 | ||||||
Stock options granted |
119 | 84 | ||||||
Leases |
125 | 114 | ||||||
Net operating loss for state income taxes |
| 20 | ||||||
Gross deferred tax assets |
$ | 7,841 | $ | 7,146 | ||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
$ | 1,343 | $ | 1,940 | ||||
Prepaid expenses |
179 | 373 | ||||||
Net unrealized gains on securities |
513 | 631 | ||||||
Acquisition-related adjustments |
210 | 242 | ||||||
Mortgage servicing asset |
150 | 97 | ||||||
Gross deferred tax liabilities |
$ | 2,395 | $ | 3,283 | ||||
Net deferred tax asset |
$ | 5,446 | $ | 3,863 | ||||
The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is included in other assets in the
Companys consolidated balance sheets.
In assessing the ability of the Company to realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets,
management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred
tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities,
availability of operating loss carry-backs, projected future taxable income and tax planning
strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income, the
opportunity for net operating loss carry-backs, and projections for future taxable income over the
periods which deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not
the Company will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the benefits of these deductible
differences at December 31, 2010, except for a valuation allowance of $217 thousand on the state
net deferred tax asset for ENL of $217 thousand. At December 31, 2009, the Company had a $61
thousand valuation allowance on the state net deferred tax asset for ENL of $81 thousand.
Management believes that ENL will not generate sufficient income to utilize any of the state net
deferred tax assets of ENL. The Company files a consolidated federal tax return which enables it
to use income from other subsidiaries to offset losses at ENL. ENL files its own state income tax
returns for a majority of the states in which leases are domiciled.
A reconciliation of the Companys unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2010,
2009, and 2008 is as follows:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 82 | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Reclassification from deferred taxes for tax positions taken
during a period |
278 | | | |||||||||
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior
period |
| 82 | | |||||||||
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities |
(47 | ) | | | ||||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | 313 | $ | 82 | $ | | ||||||
The entire balance of unrecognized tax benefits is accrued in Other Liabilities on the Companys
statement of financial position and, if recognized, would favorably affect the Companys effective
tax rate. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits
balance could decrease by $96 thousand in 2011. Penalties and accrued interest related to
unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2010,
the Company accrued approximately $120 thousand of penalties and interest. Accrued penalties and
interest still outstanding amounted to $80 and $2 thousand at December 31, 2010, and 2009,
respectively.
96
Table of Contents
We are subject to routine audits of our tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and
various state taxing authorities. During 2010, the Company concluded a New York State (NYS) audit
covering 2005-2007 and an IRS audit covering 2006-2008. The tax years 2008-2009 for NYS and 2009
for the IRS remain subject to examination. In addition, ENL is no longer subject to state income
tax examinations by the majority of state tax authorities for all years before 2005, except NYS
which it is no longer subject to income tax examination prior to 2008.
14. OTHER LIABILITIES
Other liabilities at December 31 were as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Retirement compensation liabilities (Pension and SERP plans) |
$ | 7,025 | $ | 6,551 | ||||
Accounts payable |
3,328 | 2,545 | ||||||
Security deposits on direct financing leases |
559 | 883 | ||||||
Interest payable |
554 | 528 | ||||||
Other |
310 | 324 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 11,776 | $ | 10,831 | ||||
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Bank has entered into loan transactions with certain directors, significant shareholders and
their affiliates (related parties) in the ordinary course of its business. The aggregate amount of
loans to such related parties on December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $7.8 million and $5.8 million,
respectively. During 2010, there were $4.2 million of advances and new loans to such related
parties, and repayments amounted to $2.1 million. Terms of these loans have prevailing market
pricing that would be offered to a similar customer base. Deposits from related parties were $2.8
million and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
16. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS
The Companys consolidated financial statements do not reflect various commitments and contingent
liabilities which arise in the normal course of business and which involve elements of credit risk,
interest rate risk and liquidity risk. These commitments and contingent liabilities are
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. A summary of the Banks commitments
and contingent liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Commitments to extend credit |
$ | 161,285 | $ | 90,994 | ||||
Standby letters of credit |
3,687 | 3,316 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 164,972 | $ | 94,310 | ||||
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit all include exposure to some credit loss
in the event of non-performance of the customer. The Banks credit policies and procedures for
credit commitments and financial guarantees are the same as those for extensions of credit that are
recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Because these instruments have fixed maturity dates,
and because they may expire without being drawn upon, they do not necessarily represent cash
requirements to the Bank. The Bank has not incurred any losses on its commitments during the past
three years.
The Company has entered into contracts with third parties, some of which include indemnification
clauses. Examples of such contracts include contracts with third party service providers, brokers
and dealers, correspondent banks, and purchasers of residential mortgages. Additionally, the
Company has bylaws, policies and agreements under which it agrees to indemnify its officers and
directors from liability for certain events or occurrences while the directors or officers are, or
were, serving at the Companys request in such capacities. The Company indemnifies its officers
and directors to the fullest extent allowed by law. The maximum potential amount of future
payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is
unlimited, but would be affected by all relevant defenses to such claims, as well as directors and
officers liability insurance maintained by the Company. Due to the
97
Table of Contents
nature of these indemnification provisions, it is not possible to quantify the aggregate exposure to the Company
resulting from them.
The Company leases certain offices, land and equipment under long-term operating leases. The
aggregate minimum annual rental commitments under these leases total approximately $608 thousand in
2011; $568 thousand in 2012; $536 thousand in 2013; $526 thousand in 2014; $435 thousand in 2015;
and $3.9 million thereafter. The rental expense under operating leases contained in the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Income included $652 thousand, $668 thousand and $664 thousand in 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
17. CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT
All of the Banks loans (except leases), commitments and standby letters of credit have been
granted to customers in the Banks primary market area, which is Western New York. Investments in
state and municipal securities also involve governmental entities within the Banks primary market
area. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 3 to these Consolidated
Financial Statements, Loans and Leases, Net. The distribution of commitments to extend credit
approximates the distribution of loans outstanding. Standby letters of credit were granted
primarily to commercial borrowers. The Bank, as a matter of policy, does not extend credit to any
single borrower or group in excess of 15% of capital.
18. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company is comprised of two primary business segments: banking activities and insurance agency
activities. The operating segments are separately managed and their performance is evaluated based
on net income. The banking business segment includes both commercial and consumer banking
services, including a wide array of lending and depository services. The banking business segment
also includes direct financing leasing of commercial small-ticket general business equipment.
Origination of these leases has been discontinued, but the Company will continue to service the
portfolio until maturity. The insurance agency segment includes the activities of selling various
premium-based insurance policies on a commission basis, including business and personal insurance,
surety bonds, risk management, life, disability and long-term care coverage, as well as providing
claims adjusting services to various insurance companies and offering non-deposit investment
products, such as annuities and mutual funds. All sources of segment specific revenues and
expenses attributed to managements definition of net income. Revenues from transactions between
the two segments are not significant. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as
those described in Note 1 of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following table sets forth information regarding these segments for the years ended December
31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
2010 | ||||||||||||
Banking | Insurance Agency | |||||||||||
Activities | Activities | Total | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net interest income (expense) |
$ | 24,678 | $ | (183 | ) | $ | 24,495 | |||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
3,943 | | 3,943 | |||||||||
Net interest income (expense) after
provision for loan and lease losses |
20,735 | (183 | ) | 20,552 | ||||||||
Non-interest income |
5,633 | | 5,633 | |||||||||
Insurance services and fees |
| 6,992 | 6,992 | |||||||||
Net gain on sales and calls of securities |
8 | | 8 | |||||||||
Amortization expense |
365 | 535 | 900 | |||||||||
Other non-interest expense |
20,156 | 5,051 | 25,207 | |||||||||
Income before income taxes |
5,855 | 1,223 | 7,078 | |||||||||
Income tax provision |
1,766 | 472 | 2,238 | |||||||||
Net income |
$ | 4,089 | $ | 751 | $ | 4,840 | ||||||
98
Table of Contents
2009 | ||||||||||||
Banking | Insurance Agency | |||||||||||
Activities | Activities | Total | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net interest income (expense) |
$ | 22,731 | $ | (137 | ) | $ | 22,594 | |||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
10,500 | | 10,500 | |||||||||
Net interest income (expense) after
provision for loan and lease losses |
12,231 | (137 | ) | 12,094 | ||||||||
Non-interest income |
6,858 | | 6,858 | |||||||||
Insurance services and fees |
| 7,191 | 7,191 | |||||||||
Net gain on sales and calls of securities |
18 | | 18 | |||||||||
Goodwill impairment |
1,985 | | 1,985 | |||||||||
Amortization expense |
365 | 565 | 930 | |||||||||
Other non-interest expense |
18,305 | 4,837 | 23,142 | |||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(1,548 | ) | 1,652 | 104 | ||||||||
Income tax (benefit) provision |
(1,241 | ) | 638 | (603 | ) | |||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (307 | ) | $ | 1,014 | $ | 707 | |||||
2008 | ||||||||||||
Banking | Insurance Agency | |||||||||||
Activities | Activities | Total | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net interest income (expense) |
$ | 19,555 | $ | (287 | ) | $ | 19,268 | |||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
3,508 | | 3,508 | |||||||||
Net interest income (expense) after
provision for loan and lease losses |
16,047 | (287 | ) | 15,760 | ||||||||
Non-interest income |
4,800 | | 4,800 | |||||||||
Insurance services and fees |
| 6,867 | 6,867 | |||||||||
Net gain on sales and calls of securities |
10 | | 10 | |||||||||
Amortization expense |
| 681 | 681 | |||||||||
Other non-interest expense |
15,147 | 4,612 | 19,759 | |||||||||
Income before income taxes |
5,710 | 1,287 | 6,997 | |||||||||
Income taxes |
1,591 | 498 | 2,089 | |||||||||
Net income |
$ | 4,119 | $ | 789 | $ | 4,908 | ||||||
Identifiable Assets, Net | December 31, 2010 | December 31, 2009 | ||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Banking activities |
$ | 660,604 | $ | 607,732 | ||||
Insurance agency activities |
10,919 | 11,712 | ||||||
Consolidated Total Assets |
$ | 671,523 | $ | 619,444 | ||||
19. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair value is defined in ASC Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures as the price that
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date.
99
Table of Contents
There are three levels of inputs to fair value measurements:
| Level 1 inputs are quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets; |
| Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and |
| Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs. |
Observable market data should be used when available.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS
The following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels as defined in this
footnote, those financial instruments which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at
December 31, 2010 and 2009:
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Securities available for sale: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | | $ | 23,644 | $ | | $ | 23,644 | ||||||||
States and political
subdivisions |
| 36,297 | | 36,297 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
| 27,481 | | 27,481 | ||||||||||||
FHLB stock |
| 1,408 | | 1,408 | ||||||||||||
FRB stock |
| 2,362 | | 2,362 | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||||||
Securities available for sale: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | | $ | 19,712 | $ | | $ | 19,712 | ||||||||
States and political
subdivisions |
| 37,730 | | 37,730 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
| 14,837 | | 14,837 | ||||||||||||
FHLB stock |
| 2,663 | | 2,663 | ||||||||||||
FRB stock |
| 912 | | 912 |
Securities available for sale
Fair values for securities are determined using independent pricing services and
market-participating brokers. The pricing service and brokers use a variety of techniques to
arrive at fair value including market maker bids, quotes, and pricing models. Inputs to their
pricing models include recent trades, benchmark interest rates, spreads, and actual and projected
cash flows. Management obtains a single market quote or price estimate for each security. The
carrying value of FHLB stock and FRB stock approximate its fair value.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A NONRECURRING BASIS
The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value of certain assets or
provide valuation allowances related to certain assets using fair value measurements. The
following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels as defined in this footnote,
those financial instruments which are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December
31, 2010 and 2009:
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Impaired loans |
$ | | $ | | $ | 7,787 | $ | 7,787 | ||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
| | 388 | 388 | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||||||
Impaired loans |
$ | | $ | | $ | 7,611 | $ | 7,611 | ||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
| | 252 | 252 |
Impaired loans
The Company evaluates and values impaired loans at the time the loan is identified as impaired, and
the fair values of such loans are estimated using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Fair
value is estimated based on the value of the collateral securing these loans. Collateral may
consist of real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts
receivable and the value of these assets is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed
100
Table of Contents
appraisers hired by the Company. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on
managements historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, estimated costs to sell, and/or
managements expertise and knowledge of the client and the clients business. The Company has an
appraisal policy in which appraisals are obtained upon a loan being downgraded on the Company
internal loan rating scale to a 5 (special mention) or a 6 (substandard) depending on the amount of
the loan, the type of loan and the type of collateral. All impaired loans are either graded a 6 or
7 on the internal loan rating scale. Subsequent to the downgrade, if the loan remains outstanding
and impaired for at least one year more, management may require another follow-up appraisal.
Between receipts of updated appraisals, if necessary, management may perform an internal valuation
based on any known changing conditions in the marketplace such as sales of similar properties, a
change in the condition of the collateral, or feedback from local appraisers. Impaired loans had a
gross value of $9.3 million, with a valuation allowance of $1.5 million, at December 31, 2010,
compared to a gross value for loans and leases of $8.8 million, with a valuation allowance of $1.2
million, at December 31, 2009.
Mortgage servicing rights
The fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) was estimated using Level 3 inputs. MSRs do
not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. As such, the fair value of the
MSRs are determined using a projected cash flow model that considers loan type, loan rate and
maturity, discount rate assumptions, estimated fee income and cost to service, and estimated
prepayment speeds. The Companys MSR value increased $0.1 million from December 31, 2009 to
December 31, 2010 due to an increase in the size of the servicing portfolio and a decrease in
estimated prepayments given the servicing portfolios weighted average coupon relative to market
interest rates.
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the estimated fair values of the Companys financial instruments,
including those that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or
nonrecurring basis, were as follows:
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||
Carrying | Fair | Carrying | Fair | |||||||||||||
Amount | Value | Amount | Value | |||||||||||||
(in thousands) | (in thousands) | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 13,722 | $ | 13,722 | $ | 12,983 | $ | 12,983 | ||||||||
Securities |
$ | 93,332 | $ | 93,322 | $ | 79,018 | $ | 78,987 | ||||||||
Loans and leases, net |
$ | 517,554 | $ | 535,338 | $ | 482,597 | $ | 491,590 | ||||||||
Financial liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Deposits |
$ | 544,457 | $ | 544,889 | $ | 499,508 | $ | 499,912 | ||||||||
Borrowed funds and securities sold
under agreements to repurchase |
$ | 40,896 | $ | 41,710 | $ | 51,816 | $ | 52,362 | ||||||||
Junior Subordinated Debentures |
$ | 11,330 | $ | 11,330 | $ | 11,330 | $ | 11,330 |
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of
financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Cash and Cash Equivalents includes cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits at other
banks.
Securities
Fair values for securities are determined using independent pricing services and
market-participating brokers. The pricing service and brokers use a variety of techniques to
arrive at fair value including market maker bids, quotes, and pricing models. Inputs to their
pricing models include recent trades, benchmark interest rates, spreads, and actual and projected
cash flows. Management obtains a single market quote or price estimate for each security. These
are considered Level 2 inputs under ASC 820.
The carrying value of FHLB stock and FRB stock approximate its fair value.
The Company holds certain municipal bonds as held-to-maturity. These bonds are generally small in
dollar amount and are issued only by certain local municipalities within the Companys market area.
The original terms are negotiated directly and on an individual basis. These bonds are not traded
on the open market and management intends to hold the bonds to maturity. The fair value of
held-to-maturity securities is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using
101
Table of Contents
the current rates at which similar agreements would be made with municipalities with similar credit
characteristics and for the same remaining maturities.
Loans Receivable
Rather than determining the fair value using an exit price, the fair value of fixed rate loans and
leases is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar
loans and leases would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining
maturities, net of the appropriate portion of the allowance for loan losses. For variable rate
loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Deposits
The fair value of demand deposits, NOW accounts, muni-vest accounts and regular savings accounts is
the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of time deposits is estimated
using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Borrowed Funds
The fair value of the short-term portion of other borrowed funds approximates its carrying value.
The fair value of the long-term portion of other borrowed funds is estimated using a discounted
cash flow analysis based on the Companys current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of
borrowing arrangements.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
The carrying amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to
the fact that they bear a floating interest rate that adjusts on a quarterly basis.
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit
As described in Note 16 to these Consolidated Financial Statements Contingent Liabilities and
Commitments, the Company was a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at
December 31, 2010 and 2009. Such financial instruments consist of commitments to extend permanent
financing and letters of credit. If the options are exercised by the prospective borrowers, these
financial instruments will become interest-earning assets of the Company. If the options expire,
the Company retains any fees paid by the counterparty in order to obtain the commitment or
guarantee. The fair value of commitments is estimated based upon fees currently charged to enter
into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present
creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate commitments, the fair value estimation
takes into consideration an interest rate risk factor. The fair value of guarantees and letters of
credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements. The fair value of these
off-balance sheet items at December 31, 2010 and 2009 approximates the recorded amounts of the
related fees, which are not material.
20. REGULATORY MATTERS
The Company is subject to the dividend restrictions set forth by the FRB and the OCC. Under such
restrictions, the Company may not, without the prior approval of the FRB and the OCC, declare
dividends in excess of the sum of the current years earnings (as defined in FRB regulations) plus
the retained earnings (as defined in FRB regulations) from the prior two years.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to
maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table that follows) of total and Tier I
capital (as defined in FRB regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined in FRB regulations),
and of Tier I capital (as defined in FRB regulations) to average assets (as defined in FRB
regulations). Management believes as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, that the Company and the Bank
met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
The most recent notification from its regulators categorized the Company and the Bank as well
capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well
capitalized, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and
Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that
notification that management believes have changed the Companys or Banks category rating.
102
Table of Contents
The Companys and the Banks actual capital amounts and ratios were as follows:
2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | Minimum to be Well |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capitalized Under Prompt | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Minimum for Capital | Corrective Action | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company | Bank | Adequacy Purposes | Provisions | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Risk-Based
Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets) |
$ | 71,889 | 14.3 | % | $ | 70,110 | 14.0 | % | $ | 40,186 | 8.0 | % | $ | 50,233 | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Tier I Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets) |
$ | 65,559 | 13.1 | % | $ | 63,797 | 12.7 | % | $ | 20,093 | 4.0 | % | $ | 30,140 | 6.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Tier I Capital (to
Average Assets) |
$ | 65,559 | 9.9 | % | $ | 63,797 | 9.7 | % | $ | 26,405 | 4.0 | % | $ | 33,006 | 5.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | Minimum to be Well |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capitalized Under Prompt | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Minimum for Capital | Corrective Action | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company | Bank | Adequacy Purposes | Provisions | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Risk-Based
Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets) |
$ | 53,166 | 11.2 | % | $ | 50,949 | 10.7 | % | $ | 38,081 | 8.0 | % | $ | 47,602 | 10.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Tier I Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets) |
$ | 47,203 | 9.9 | % | $ | 45,008 | 9.5 | % | $ | 19,041 | 4.0 | % | $ | 28,561 | 6.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Tier I Capital (to
Average Assets) |
$ | 47,203 | 7.8 | % | $ | 45,008 | 7.5 | % | $ | 24,220 | 4.0 | % | $ | 30,275 | 5.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Dividends are paid as declared by the Board of Directors. The Company may pay dividends only
if it is solvent and would not be rendered insolvent by the dividend payment and only from
unrestricted and unreserved earned surplus and under some circumstances capital surplus. The
Banks dividend restrictions apply indirectly to the Company since cash available for dividend
distribution will initially come from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank.
Dividends may be paid by the Bank only if it would not impair the Banks capital structure, if the
Banks surplus is at least equal to its common capital and if the dividends declared in any year do
not exceed the total of net profits in that year combined with undivided profits of the preceding
two years less any required transfers to surplus, and if no losses have been sustained equal to or
exceeding its undivided profits.
In addition, federal regulators have the ability to restrict dividend payments. If the Bank or the
Company approaches well-capitalized or minimum capital adequacy levels, regulators could restrict
or forbid dividend payments.
103
Table of Contents
21. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Parent company (Evans Bancorp, Inc.) only condensed financial information is as follows:
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | 1,332 | $ | 3,507 | ||||
Other assets |
748 | 342 | ||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
73,494 | 53,484 | ||||||
Total assets |
$ | 75,574 | $ | 57,333 | ||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
LIABILITIES: |
||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures |
$ | 11,330 | $ | 11,330 | ||||
Other liabilities |
1,180 | 44 | ||||||
Total liabilities |
12,510 | 11,374 | ||||||
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Total Stockholders Equity |
$ | 63,064 | $ | 45,959 | ||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 75,574 | $ | 57,333 | ||||
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
December 31, | |||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||
(in thousands) | |||||||||||||
Dividends from subsidiaries |
$ | 1,292 | $ | 5,700 | $ | 4,000 | |||||||
Expenses |
(2,716 | ) | (1,358 | ) | (1,508 | ) | |||||||
Income before equity in undistributed
earnings of subsidiaries |
(1,424 | ) | 4,342 | 2,492 | |||||||||
Equity in undistributed earnings
(loss) of subsidiaries |
6,264 | (3,635 | ) | 2,416 | |||||||||
Net income |
$ | 4,840 | $ | 707 | $ | 4,908 | |||||||
104
Table of Contents
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Operating Activities: |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 4,840 | $ | 707 | $ | 4,908 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Undistributed (earnings) loss of subsidiaries |
(6,264 | ) | 3,635 | (2,416 | ) | |||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities affecting cash flow: |
||||||||||||
Other assets |
(406 | ) | | | ||||||||
Other liabilities |
1,136 | | | |||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
(694 | ) | 4,342 | 2,492 | ||||||||
Investing Activities: |
||||||||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
(13,711 | ) | | | ||||||||
Net cash provided by investing activities |
(13,711 | ) | | | ||||||||
Financing Activities: |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
13,609 | | | |||||||||
Cash dividends paid, net |
(1,379 | ) | (1,420 | ) | (2,147 | ) | ||||||
Purchase of Treasury stock |
| (27 | ) | (263 | ) | |||||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
12,230 | (1,447 | ) | (2,410 | ) | |||||||
Net increase in cash |
(2,175 | ) | 2,895 | 82 | ||||||||
Cash beginning of year |
3,507 | 612 | 530 | |||||||||
Cash ending of year |
$ | 1,332 | $ | 3,507 | $ | 612 | ||||||
22. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA UNAUDITED
(in thousands, except per share data) | 4th Quarter | 3rd Quarter | 2nd Quarter | 1st Quarter | ||||||||||||
2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 7,844 | $ | 7,992 | $ | 7,836 | $ | 7,746 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
1,759 | 1,759 | 1,737 | 1,668 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income |
6,085 | 6,233 | 6,099 | 6,078 | ||||||||||||
Net income |
484 | 1,278 | 1,631 | 1,447 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per share basic |
0.12 | 0.31 | 0.47 | 0.51 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per share diluted |
0.12 | 0.31 | 0.47 | 0.51 | ||||||||||||
2009 |
||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 7,884 | $ | 7,924 | $ | 7,467 | $ | 7,426 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
1,817 | 1,956 | 2,122 | 2,212 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income |
6,067 | 5,968 | 5,345 | 5,214 | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
1,371 | 2,436 | (1,853 | ) | (1,247 | ) | ||||||||||
Earnings (loss) per share basic |
0.49 | 0.87 | (0.67 | ) | (0.45 | ) | ||||||||||
Earnings (loss) per share diluted |
0.49 | 0.87 | (0.67 | ) | (0.45 | ) |
105
Table of Contents
Item 9. | CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES |
Not applicable.
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) | Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Companys management, with the participation of the Companys principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, the Companys principal executive and principal financial officers concluded that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2010 (the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K) have been designed and are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in its reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Companys management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. |
(b) | Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appears at Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 9A. |
(c) | Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears in the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm at page 57, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 9A. |
(d) | Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. No changes in the Companys internal control over financial reporting were identified in the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys internal control over financial reporting. |
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
On October 1, 2010, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with William R. Glass (the
Transition Agreement) which replaced his existing employment agreement with the Company. The
Transition Agreement establishes a new role for Mr. Glass as he transitions to his planned
retirement on December 31, 2012. During this transition period, Mr. Glass is primarily providing
business development services and mentoring support for the Companys employees. He will continue
to serve as a member of the Internal and External Loan Committee and of the Loan Review Committee
until his planned retirement. The foregoing description is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the full text of the Transition Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.18.
106
Table of Contents
PART III
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the material under
the captions, Information Regarding Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers, Section
16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance and Board of Director Committees in the
Companys definitive proxy statement relating to its 2011 annual meeting of shareholders to be held
on April 28, 2011 (the Proxy Statement).
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the material under
the captions Director Compensation, Executive Compensation, Compensation Committee Interlocks
and Insider Participation and Compensation Committee Report in the Proxy Statement.
The material incorporated herein by reference to the material under the caption, Compensation
Committee Report in the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be soliciting material or to be
filed with the SEC or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the
extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into a document filed under the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
Item 12. | SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS |
The information called for by this item as to beneficial ownership is incorporated herein by
reference to the material under the caption General Information Security Ownership of Management
and Certain Beneficial Owners in the Proxy Statement.
Equity Compensation Plans. All equity compensation plans maintained by the Company were approved
by the Companys shareholders. Shown below is certain information as of December 31, 2010
concerning the shares of the Companys common stock that may be issued under existing equity
compensation plans.
Equity Compensation Plan Information | ||||||||||||
Number of | ||||||||||||
Number of | securities | |||||||||||
securities to be | remaining available | |||||||||||
issued upon | Weighted-average | for future issuance | ||||||||||
exercise of | exercise price of | under equity | ||||||||||
outstanding options | outstanding options | compensation plans | ||||||||||
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders | (#) | ($) | (#) (1) | |||||||||
Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan |
97,300 | 13.12 | 99,958 | |||||||||
Evans Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Employee Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive Plan |
107,668 | 18.90 | | |||||||||
Evans Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan |
| | 15,423 | |||||||||
Total |
204,968 | 115,381 |
(1) | This column excludes shares reflected under the column Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options. |
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the material under
the captions Information Regarding Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers and
Transactions with Related Persons in the Proxy Statement.
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the material under
the caption Independent Auditors in the Proxy Statement.
107
Table of Contents
PART IV
Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The following documents are filed as a part of this Report on Form 10-K:
1. | Financial statements: The following audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the material under the caption Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on pages 57 and 58 in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference: | |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (internal control over financial
reporting) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (consolidated financial statements) Consolidated Balance Sheets December 31, 2010 and 2009 Consolidated Statements of Income Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
||
2. | All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. | |
3. | Exhibits | |
The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit Index included immediately following the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
108
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized:
EVANS BANCORP, INC. |
||||
By: | /s/ David J. Nasca | |||
David J. Nasca, | ||||
President and Chief Executive Officer Date: March 4, 2011 |
109
Table of Contents
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints, jointly and severally, David J. Nasca and Gary A. Kajtoch and each of them, as his true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him, and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form
10-K, and to file the same, with Exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each
of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or
necessary to be done as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
Signature | Title | Date | ||
/s/ David J. Nasca
|
President and Chief Executive | March 4, 2011 | ||
David J. Nasca
|
Officer/Director | |||
(Principal Executive Officer) | ||||
/s/ Gary A. Kajtoch
|
Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) | March 4, 2011 | ||
Gary A. Kajtoch |
||||
/s/ Nicholas J. Snyder
|
Principal Accounting Officer | March 4, 2011 | ||
Nicholas J. Snyder |
||||
/s/ Phillip Brothman
|
Chairman of the Board/Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
Phillip Brothman |
||||
/s/ John R. OBrien
|
Vice Chairman of the Board/Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
John R. OBrien |
||||
/s/ James E. Biddle, Jr.
|
Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
James E. Biddle, Jr. |
||||
/s/
Marsha S. Henderson
|
Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
Marsha
S. Henderson |
||||
/s/ Kenneth C. Kirst
|
Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
Kenneth C. Kirst |
||||
/s/ Mary Catherine Militello
|
Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
Mary Catherine Militello |
||||
/s/ Robert G. Miller, Jr.
|
Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
Robert G. Miller, Jr. |
||||
/s/ James Tilley
|
Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
James Tilley |
||||
/s/ Nancy W. Ware
|
Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
Nancy W. Ware |
||||
/s/ Thomas H. Waring, Jr.
|
Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
Thomas H. Waring, Jr. |
||||
/s/ Lee C. Wortham
|
Director | March 4, 2011 | ||
Lee C. Wortham |
110
Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No. | Exhibit Description | |
2.1
|
Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of July 24, 2009, by and among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Waterford Village Bank, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and Evans Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2009). | |
3.1
|
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3a to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 33-25321), as filed on November 7, 1988). | |
3.1.1
|
Certificate of Amendment to the Companys Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1997, as filed on May 14, 1997). | |
3.2
|
Bylaws of the Company as amended through August 18, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 21, 2009). | |
4.1
|
Indenture between the Company, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, dated as of October 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004, as filed on November 4, 2004). | |
4.2
|
Form of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Security due 2034 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004, as filed on November 4, 2004). | |
4.3
|
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Evans Capital Trust I, dated as of October 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004, as filed on November 4, 2004). | |
4.4
|
Guarantee Agreement of the Company, dated as of October 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004, as filed on November 4, 2004). | |
10.1
|
Evans Bancorp, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-3D (Registration No. 333-166264), as filed on April 23, 2010). | |
10.2*
|
Evans Bancorp Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-106655), as filed on June 30, 2003). | |
10.3*
|
Evans Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Companys Registration Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as filed on March 18, 2004). | |
10.4*
|
Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrants Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, as filed on April 1, 2009). | |
10.5*
|
Specimen 1984 Director Deferred Compensation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Form 10 (Registration No. 0-18539), as filed on April 30, 1990). | |
10.6*
|
Specimen 1989 Director Deferred Compensation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Companys Form 10 (Registration No. 0-18539), as filed on April 30, 1990). | |
10.7*
|
Summary of Provisions of Director Deferred Compensation Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Companys Form 10 (Registration No. 0-18539), as filed on April 30, 1990). | |
10.8*
|
Evans National Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers and Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as filed on March 18, 2004). | |
10.9*
|
Form of Deferred Compensation Participatory Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed on March 28, 2005). | |
10.10*
|
Evans National Bank Executive Life Insurance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 as filed on March 18, 2004). | |
10.11*
|
Form of Executive Life Insurance Split-Dollar Endorsement Participatory Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed on March 28, 2005). | |
10.12*
|
First Amendment to the Evans National Bank Executive Life Insurance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, as filed on August 14, 2007). |
111
Table of Contents
Exhibit No. | Exhibit Description | |
10.13*
|
Evans National Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as filed on March 18, 2004). | |
10.14*
|
Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Participatory Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as filed on March 28, 2005). | |
10.15*
|
Amendment No. 1 to Evans Bank, N.A. Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan with respect to William R. Glass, executed by Evans Bank, N.A. on October 16, 2009, and effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on October 22, 2009). | |
10.16*
|
Summary of Evans Excels Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2008, as filed on August 13, 2008). | |
10.17*
|
Evans Bank, N.A. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Senior Executives (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 14, 2010). | |
10.18*
|
Employment Agreement by and among Evans Bank, N.A., the Company and William R. Glass, executed and delivered by the Company and the Bank on October 1, 2010 and effective as of October 1, 2010 (filed herewith). | |
10.19*
|
Restricted Stock Award Agreement granted by Evans Bancorp, Inc. to Directors under the Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2010). | |
10.20*
|
Employment Agreement by and among Evans Bank, N.A., the Company and Gary A. Kajtoch, executed and delivered by the Company and the Bank on October 6, 2009 and effective as of September 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on October 13, 2009). | |
10.21*
|
Stock Option Agreement granted by Evans Bancorp, Inc. to Directors under the Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2010). | |
10.22*
|
Employment Agreement by and among The Evans Agency, Inc., Evans Bancorp, Inc. and Robert G. Miller, Jr., executed and delivered by the Company and TEA on October 22, 2009, and effective as of October 5, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on October 28, 2009). | |
10.23*
|
Restricted Stock Award Agreement granted by Evans Bancorp, Inc. to Employees under the Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2010). | |
10.24*
|
Employment Agreement by and among Evans Bank, N.A., the Company and David J. Nasca, executed and delivered by the Company and the Bank on September 14, 2009 and effective as of September 9, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on September 17, 2009). | |
10.25*
|
Stock Option Agreement granted by Evans Bancorp, Inc. to Employees under the Evans Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2010). | |
10.26*
|
Letter Agreement Regarding Insurance Coverage for James Tilley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, as filed on August 14, 2007). | |
21.1
|
Subsidiaries of the Company (filed herewith). | |
23.1
|
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms Consent from KPMG LLP (filed herewith). | |
24
|
Power of Attorney (included on Page 110 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). | |
31.1
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith). | |
31.2
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith). | |
32.1
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350 Chapter 63 of Title18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith). | |
32.2
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350 Chapter 63 of Title18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith). |
* | Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
112